Merge in AppConfigHeaders branch to trunk, altering all projects and demos to use configuration headers for application and LUFA compile time settings, rather than defines in the project makefiles.

pull/1469/head
Dean Camera 12 years ago
commit 2ff1370221

@ -43,6 +43,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);

@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -173,25 +173,25 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
* using the byte-level commands.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
* to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
* to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
* compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
* constants supplied through a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
// #define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
// #define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
// #define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
// #define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -39,6 +39,8 @@
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E

@ -124,22 +124,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_SOF_EVENTS
#LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -184,7 +169,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -43,6 +43,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);

@ -49,18 +49,12 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Configuration define. Define this token to true to case the bootloader to reject all memory commands
* until a memory erase has been performed. When used in conjunction with the lockbits of the AVR, this
* can protect the AVR's firmware from being dumped from a secured AVR. When false, memory operations are
* allowed at any time.
*/
#define SECURE_MODE false
/** Major bootloader version number. */
#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2

@ -178,10 +178,10 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
* <td>BootloaderDFU.h</td>
* <td>If defined to true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
* erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
* being dumped by unauthorized persons.</td>
* being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define SECURE_MODE false
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 32
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -39,6 +39,8 @@
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_DFUFunctional 0x21

@ -124,17 +124,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=32
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_SOF_EVENTS
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -179,7 +169,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -122,17 +122,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_SOF_EVENTS
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -176,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -31,23 +31,23 @@ makeboardlist:
testboards:
@echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
@while read line; \
do \
@while read line; \
do \
build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | grep -v "#" | cut -d'=' -f2- | sed 's/ //g'`; \
\
build_board=$$line; \
build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
\
if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then \
echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board"; \
else \
echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu"; \
\
printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile; \
printf "\tmake -s -f makefile.%s clean\n" $$build_arch >> BuildMakefile; \
\
build_board=$$line; \
build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
\
if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then \
echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board"; \
else \
echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu"; \
\
printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile; \
printf "\tmake -s -f makefile.%s clean\n" $$build_arch >> BuildMakefile; \
printf "\tmake -s -f makefile.%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s elf\n\n" $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
fi; \
fi; \
done < BoardList.txt
$(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest

@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void SetupHardware(void)
USB_Init();
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
}
/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */

@ -42,21 +42,15 @@
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF

@ -72,14 +72,19 @@
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
* instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -29,34 +29,23 @@
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* Header file for DiskHost.c.
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_HOST_H_
#define _DISK_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* External Variables: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
extern USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
void DiskHost_USBTask(void);
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
#endif
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#endif
#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
#define USE_TEST_TONE
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)

@ -120,14 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_TEST_TONE
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -172,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -73,17 +73,17 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)

@ -120,15 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
#LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_MONO
#LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -173,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -40,6 +40,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
@ -63,9 +65,6 @@
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -67,9 +67,9 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
* must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,7 +41,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,7 +41,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -29,33 +29,22 @@
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* Header file for DiskDevice.c.
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_DEVICE_H_
#define _DISK_DEVICE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
#endif
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)

@ -41,7 +41,8 @@
#include "../MassStorage.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
@ -65,6 +66,9 @@
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "../MassStorage.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
@ -68,15 +68,6 @@
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);

@ -83,10 +83,15 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
* this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -38,17 +38,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This

@ -42,6 +42,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)

@ -41,7 +41,8 @@
#include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
@ -63,6 +64,9 @@
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about

@ -50,8 +50,8 @@
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
@ -73,15 +73,6 @@
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);

@ -84,10 +84,14 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
* this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
* <tr>
* <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
* </tr>
*/

@ -120,12 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -172,7 +167,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -29,40 +29,32 @@
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* Header file for DeviceDescriptor.c.
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "BluetoothHost.h"
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
/* Macros: */
/** Device Class value for the Bluetooth Device class. */
#define BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_CLASS 0xE0
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Device Subclass value for the Bluetooth Device class. */
#define BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SUBCLASS 0x01
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Device Protocol value for the Bluetooth Device class. */
#define BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_PROTOCOL 0x01
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessDeviceDescriptor() function. */
enum BluetoothHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulDeviceRead = 0, /**< Device Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
InvalidDeviceDataReturned = 2, /**< The device returned an invalid Device Descriptor */
IncorrectBTDevice = 3, /**< The attached device is not a Bluetooth class device */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void);
#define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
#define NO_DECODE_ARP
#define NO_DECODE_IP
#define NO_DECODE_ICMP
#define NO_DECODE_TCP
#define NO_DECODE_UDP
#define NO_DECODE_DHCP
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)

@ -42,6 +42,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
@ -52,12 +54,6 @@
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter. */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network. */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}

@ -43,14 +43,9 @@
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Protocol IP address of the host (client) machine, once assigned by DHCP. */
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
/** Protocol IP address of the virtual server machine. */
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}

@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);

@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
#include "Lib/TCP.h"
#include "Lib/ARP.h"
#include "Lib/Webserver.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -84,38 +84,58 @@
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -120,19 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ARP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_IP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ICMP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_TCP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_UDP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_DHCP
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -187,7 +175,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
#include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
@ -65,6 +66,9 @@
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
@ -69,15 +69,6 @@
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void CheckJoystickMovement(void);

@ -77,10 +77,14 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
* this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
* <tr>
* <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
* </tr>
*/

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +167,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -40,7 +40,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SideshowCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -173,7 +169,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -38,17 +38,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -39,7 +39,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,12 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ void SetupHardware(void)
USB_Init();
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and

@ -43,20 +43,14 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF

@ -73,13 +73,13 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
* instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
#define USE_TEST_TONE
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)

@ -120,14 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_TEST_TONE
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -73,17 +73,17 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)

@ -120,15 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
#LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_MONO
#LUFA_OPTS += -D AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -172,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
@ -67,9 +69,6 @@
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -67,9 +67,9 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
* must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
@ -65,11 +65,6 @@
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/** Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between
* each drive - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.
*/
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
/* Global Variables: */
extern MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
extern MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;

@ -83,10 +83,15 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -120,12 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,8 +45,7 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
#define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
#define NO_DECODE_ARP
#define NO_DECODE_IP
#define NO_DECODE_ICMP
#define NO_DECODE_TCP
#define NO_DECODE_UDP
#define NO_DECODE_DHCP
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)

@ -40,6 +40,8 @@
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
@ -50,12 +52,6 @@
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter. */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network. */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}

@ -43,14 +43,9 @@
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Protocol IP address of the host (client) machine, once assigned by DHCP. */
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
/** Protocol IP address of the virtual server machine. */
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}

@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);

@ -50,8 +50,8 @@
#include "Lib/TCP.h"
#include "Lib/ARP.h"
#include "Lib/Webserver.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -84,38 +84,58 @@
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -120,19 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ARP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_IP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_ICMP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_TCP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_UDP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DECODE_DHCP
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -187,7 +175,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,10 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +168,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,9 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS=0
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -128,6 +128,9 @@ void SetupHardware(void)
/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

@ -44,21 +44,16 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF

@ -63,14 +63,19 @@
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
* instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
#define USE_TEST_TONE
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_TEST_TONE
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,9 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=5000
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Bluetooth stack event callback handlers. This module handles the callback events that are
* thrown from the Bluetooth stack in response to changes in the connection and channel
* states.
*/
#include "BluetoothEvents.h"
/** Pointer to the opened Bluetooth ACL channel structure for RFCOMM, used to send and receive data between the
* local and remote device once a RFCOMM channel has been opened.
*/
Bluetooth_Channel_t* SerialChannel_ACL = NULL;
/** Pointer to the opened RFCOMM logical channel between local and remote device, once a RFCOMM ACL channel has been
* negotiated and a logical RFCOMM channel requested.
*/
RFCOMM_Channel_t* SerialChannel_RFCOMM = NULL;
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for when the Bluetooth stack has fully initialized using the attached
* Bluetooth dongle.
*/
void Bluetooth_StackInitialized(void)
{
printf_P(PSTR("Stack initialized with local address %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X.\r\n"),
Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[5], Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[4], Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[3],
Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[2], Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[1], Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR[0]);
/* Reinitialize the services placed on top of the Bluetooth stack ready for new connections */
RFCOMM_Initialize();
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for a Bluetooth connection request. When this callback fires, the
* user application must indicate if the connection is to be allowed or rejected.
*
* \param[in] RemoteAddress Bluetooth address of the remote device attempting the connection
*
* \return Boolean true to accept the connection, false to reject it
*/
bool Bluetooth_ConnectionRequest(const uint8_t* RemoteAddress)
{
printf_P(PSTR("Connection Request from Device %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X.\r\n"),
RemoteAddress[5], RemoteAddress[4], RemoteAddress[3], RemoteAddress[2],
RemoteAddress[1], RemoteAddress[0]);
/* Always accept connections from remote devices */
return true;
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for a completed Bluetooth connection. When this callback is made,
* the connection information can be accessed through the global \ref Bluetooth_Connection structure.
*/
void Bluetooth_ConnectionComplete(void)
{
printf_P(PSTR("Connection Complete to Device %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X.\r\n"),
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[5], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[4],
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[3], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[2],
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[1], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[0]);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for a completed Bluetooth disconnection. When this callback is made,
* the connection information in the global \ref Bluetooth_Connection structure is invalidated with the
* exception of the RemoteAddress element, which can be used to determine the address of the device that
* was disconnected.
*/
void Bluetooth_DisconnectionComplete(void)
{
printf_P(PSTR("Disconnection Complete to Device %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X.\r\n"),
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[5], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[4],
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[3], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[2],
Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[1], Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress[0]);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for a Bluetooth ACL Channel connection request. When is callback fires,
* the user application must indicate if the channel connection should be rejected or not, based on the
* protocol (PSM) value of the requested channel.
*
* \param[in] PSM Protocol PSM value for the requested channel
*
* \return Boolean true to accept the channel connection request, false to reject it
*/
bool Bluetooth_ChannelConnectionRequest(const uint16_t PSM)
{
/* Only accept connections for channels that will be used for RFCOMM or SDP data */
return ((PSM == CHANNEL_PSM_RFCOMM) || (PSM == CHANNEL_PSM_SDP));
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for when a Bluetooth ACL channel has been fully created and configured,
* either at the request of the local device, or the remote device.
*
* \param[in] ACLChannel Bluetooth ACL data channel information structure for the channel that can now be used
*/
void Bluetooth_ChannelOpened(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
/* Save the RFCOMM channel for later use when we want to send RFCOMM data */
if (ACLChannel->PSM == CHANNEL_PSM_RFCOMM)
SerialChannel_ACL = ACLChannel;
}
/** Bluetooth stack callback event for a non-signal ACL packet reception. This callback fires once a connection
* to a remote Bluetooth device has been made, and the remote device has sent a non-signaling ACL packet.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to a buffer where the received data is stored
* \param[in] DataLen Length of the packet data, in bytes
* \param[in] ACLChannel Bluetooth ACL data channel information structure for the packet's destination channel
*/
void Bluetooth_PacketReceived(void* Data, uint16_t DataLen, Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
/* Run the correct packet handler based on the received packet's PSM, which indicates the service being carried */
switch (ACLChannel->PSM)
{
case CHANNEL_PSM_SDP:
/* Service Discovery Protocol packet */
SDP_ProcessPacket(Data, ACLChannel);
break;
case CHANNEL_PSM_RFCOMM:
/* RFCOMM (Serial Port) Protocol packet */
RFCOMM_ProcessPacket(Data, ACLChannel);
break;
}
}
/** RFCOMM layer callback for event for when a RFCOMM logical channel has been fully opened and configured between
* the local and remote device. Once open, this RFCOMM channel can be read from and written to freely until is it
* closed by either end.
*
* \param[in] RFCOMMChannel RFCOMM channel that was opened
*/
void RFCOMM_ChannelOpened(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel)
{
/* Save the serial port RFCOMM logical channel for later use */
SerialChannel_RFCOMM = RFCOMMChannel;
}
/** RFCOMM layer callback event for when a packet is received on an open RFCOMM channel.
*
* \param[in] ACLChannel RFCOMM ACL channel that the data was directed to
* \param[in] DataLen Length of the received data, in bytes
* \param[in] Data Pointer to a buffer where the received data is stored
*/
void RFCOMM_DataReceived(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const ACLChannel, uint16_t DataLen, const uint8_t* Data)
{
/* Write the received bytes to the serial port */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < DataLen; i++)
putchar(Data[i]);
/* Echo the data back to the sending device */
RFCOMM_SendData(DataLen, Data, SerialChannel_RFCOMM, SerialChannel_ACL);
}
/** RFCOMM layer callback event for when the remote device has updated the channel terminal control signals
* for a particular RFCOMM channel.
*
* \param[in] RFCOMMChannel RFCOMM logical channel whose signals were altered
*/
void RFCOMM_ChannelSignalsReceived(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel)
{
// Currently do nothing in response to the remote device sending new terminal control signals
}

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BluetoothEvents.c.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_EVENTS_H_
#define _BLUETOOTH_EVENTS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "BluetoothHost.h"
#include "Lib/BluetoothStack.h"
#include "Lib/SDP.h"
#include "Lib/RFCOMM.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* External Variables: */
extern Bluetooth_Channel_t* SerialChannel_ACL;
extern RFCOMM_Channel_t* SerialChannel_RFCOMM;
#endif

@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the BluetoothHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "BluetoothHost.h"
/** Bluetooth configuration structure. This structure configures the Bluetooth stack's user alterable settings. */
Bluetooth_Device_t Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration =
{
Class: (DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_CAPTURING | DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_COMPUTER | DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_PALM),
PINCode: "0000",
Name: "LUFA Bluetooth Demo"
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Bluetooth Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
RFCOMM_ServiceChannels(SerialChannel_ACL);
Bluetooth_Stack_USBTask();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Serial_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Device Data.\r\n"));
uint8_t ErrorCode;
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessDeviceDescriptor()) != SuccessfulDeviceRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == DevControlError)
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Bluetooth Dongle Enumerated.\r\n"));
/* Initialize the Bluetooth stack */
Bluetooth_Stack_Init();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_Disable();
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
" -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
" -- Error Code %d\r\n"
" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
" -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BluetoothHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_HOST_H_
#define _BLUETOOTH_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "BluetoothEvents.h"
#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Lib/BluetoothStack.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* Event Handlers: */
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
#endif

@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a BT interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
*
* \return An error code from the \ref BluetoothHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
{
case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
break;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
return DescriptorTooLarge;
default:
return DevControlError;
}
/* The Bluetooth USB transport addendum mandates that the data (not streaming voice) endpoints
be in the first interface descriptor (interface 0) */
USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation, DTYPE_Interface);
/* Ensure that an interface was found, and the end of the descriptor was not reached */
if (!(CurrConfigBytesRem))
return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
{
/* Get the next Bluetooth interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
DComp_NextInterfaceBluetoothDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Data endpoints not found within the first bluetooth device interface, error out */
return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
{
/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
else
DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
}
else
{
DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
}
}
/* Configure the Bluetooth data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(BLUETOOTH_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
/* Configure the Bluetooth data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(BLUETOOTH_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
/* Configure the Bluetooth events pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(BLUETOOTH_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress, EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EventsEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
* search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBluetoothDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
else
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */
#define BLUETOOTH_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
#define BLUETOOTH_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
#define BLUETOOTH_EVENTS_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum BluetoothHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
DevControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBluetoothDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptor processing routines, to determine the overall device parameters. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine information about
* the attached device.
*/
#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's Device Descriptor, to determine compatibility
*
* This routine checks to ensure that the attached device's class codes match those for Bluetooth devices.
*
* \return An error code from the \ref BluetoothHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void)
{
USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
/* Send the request to retrieve the device descriptor */
if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return DevControlError;
/* Validate returned data - ensure the returned data is a device descriptor */
if (DeviceDescriptor.Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
return InvalidDeviceDataReturned;
/* Validate returned device Class, SubClass and Protocol values against the Bluetooth spec values */
if ((DeviceDescriptor.Class != BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_CLASS) ||
(DeviceDescriptor.SubClass != BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SUBCLASS) ||
(DeviceDescriptor.Protocol != BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_PROTOCOL))
{
return IncorrectBTDevice;
}
return SuccessfulDeviceRead;
}

@ -1,1808 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.8.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Bluetooth Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER =
# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
PROJECT_BRIEF =
# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
PROJECT_LOGO =
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
# itcl::class meaning.
TCL_SUBST =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penalty.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
# rather than with sharp brackets.
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page.
# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
# output files in an output format independent way. The create the layout file
# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
CITE_BIB_FILES =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
# run.
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
INCLUDE_FROM_*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output.
# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis.
# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match.
# The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code.
# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
# and 100 does not change the gamma.
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
# for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
# add. For more information please see
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
# custom filter to add. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
# project's
# filter section matches.
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file.
QHG_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
# the help appears.
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
# this name.
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
DISABLE_INDEX = YES
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
# values from appearing in the overview section.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
USE_MATHJAX = NO
# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
# installing MathJax.
# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
SEARCHENGINE = NO
# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
# and does not have live searching capabilities.
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_FOOTER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
# This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on.
# On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
PROGMEM
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
# overrules the definition found in the source code.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
#
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
#
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
# between CPU load and processing speed.
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
# directory containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
# set the path where dot can find it.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH =
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \mscfile command).
MSCFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES

@ -1,809 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Bluetooth L2CAP layer management code. This module managed the creation,
* configuration and teardown of L2CAP channels, and manages packet reception
* and sending to and from other Bluetooth devices.
*/
/*
TODO: Make SendPacket respect receiver's MTU
TODO: Make ReceivePacket stitch together MTU fragments (?)
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BLUETOOTH_ACLPACKETS_C
#include "BluetoothACLPackets.h"
/** Bluetooth ACL processing task. This task should be called repeatedly the main Bluetooth
* stack task to manage the ACL processing state.
*/
void Bluetooth_ACLTask(void)
{
/* Process incoming ACL packets, if any */
Bluetooth_ProcessIncomingACLPackets();
/* Check for any half-open channels, send configuration details to the remote device if found */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = &Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i];
bool MustSendConfigReq = true;
/* Check if we are in a channel state which requires a configuration request to be sent */
switch (ChannelData->State)
{
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitConfig:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitReqResp;
break;
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitSendConfig:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitResp;
break;
default:
MustSendConfigReq = false;
break;
}
/* Only send a configuration request if it the channel was in a state which required it */
if (MustSendConfigReq)
{
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_ConfigurationReq_t ConfigurationRequest;
struct
{
BT_Config_Option_Header_t Header;
uint16_t Value;
} Option_LocalMTU;
} PacketData;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_REQUEST;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = ++Bluetooth_Connection.SignalingIdentifier;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(PacketData.ConfigurationRequest) +
sizeof(PacketData.Option_LocalMTU);
/* Fill out the Configuration Request in the response packet, including local MTU information */
PacketData.ConfigurationRequest.DestinationChannel = ChannelData->RemoteNumber;
PacketData.ConfigurationRequest.Flags = 0;
PacketData.Option_LocalMTU.Header.Type = BT_CONFIG_OPTION_MTU;
PacketData.Option_LocalMTU.Header.Length = sizeof(PacketData.Option_LocalMTU.Value);
PacketData.Option_LocalMTU.Value = ChannelData->LocalMTU;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&PacketData, sizeof(PacketData), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Configuration Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", PacketData.ConfigurationRequest.DestinationChannel);
}
}
}
/** Incoming ACL packet processing task. This task is called by the main ACL processing task to read in and process
* any incoming ACL packets to the device, handling signal requests as they are received or passing along channel
* data to the user application.
*/
static void Bluetooth_ProcessIncomingACLPackets(void)
{
BT_ACL_Header_t ACLPacketHeader;
BT_DataPacket_Header_t DataHeader;
Pipe_SelectPipe(BLUETOOTH_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return;
}
/* Read in the received ACL packet headers when it has been discovered that a packet has been received */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ACLPacketHeader, sizeof(ACLPacketHeader), NULL);
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DataHeader, sizeof(DataHeader), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "Packet Received");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Connection Handle: 0x%04X", (ACLPacketHeader.ConnectionHandle & 0x0FFF));
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Data Length: 0x%04X", ACLPacketHeader.DataLength);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", DataHeader.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Payload Length: 0x%04X", DataHeader.PayloadLength);
/* Check the packet's destination channel - signaling channel should be processed by the stack internally */
if (DataHeader.DestinationChannel == BT_CHANNEL_SIGNALING)
{
/* Read in the Signal Command header of the incoming packet */
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SignalCommandHeader, sizeof(SignalCommandHeader), NULL);
/* Dispatch to the appropriate handler function based on the Signal message code */
switch (SignalCommandHeader.Code)
{
case BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_REQUEST:
Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionReq(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_RESPONSE:
Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionResp(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_REQUEST:
Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationReq(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_RESPONSE:
Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationResp(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_REQUEST:
Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionReq(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_RESPONSE:
Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionResp(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_ECHO_REQUEST:
Bluetooth_Signal_EchoReq(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_INFORMATION_REQUEST:
Bluetooth_Signal_InformationReq(&SignalCommandHeader);
break;
case BT_SIGNAL_COMMAND_REJECT:
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< Command Reject");
uint16_t RejectReason;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&RejectReason, sizeof(RejectReason), NULL);
Pipe_Discard_Stream(ACLPacketHeader.DataLength - sizeof(RejectReason), NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Reason: %d", RejectReason);
break;
default:
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< Unknown Signaling Command 0x%02X", SignalCommandHeader.Code);
Pipe_Discard_Stream(ACLPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Non-signaling packet received, read in the packet contents and pass to the user application */
uint8_t PacketData[DataHeader.PayloadLength];
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PacketData, DataHeader.PayloadLength, NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
Bluetooth_PacketReceived(PacketData, DataHeader.PayloadLength,
Bluetooth_GetChannelData(DataHeader.DestinationChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_LOCALNUMBER));
}
}
/** Retrieves the channel information structure with the given local or remote channel number from the channel list.
*
* \param[in] SearchValue Value to search for in the channel structure list
* \param[in] SearchKey Key to search within the channel structure, a \c CHANNEL_SEARCH_* mask
*
* \return Pointer to the matching channel information structure in the channel table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
Bluetooth_Channel_t* Bluetooth_GetChannelData(const uint16_t SearchValue,
const uint8_t SearchKey)
{
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = &Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i];
/* Closed channels should be ignored as they are not considered valid data */
if (ChannelData->State == BT_Channel_Closed)
continue;
bool FoundMatch = false;
/* Search the current channel for the search key to see if it matches */
switch (SearchKey)
{
case CHANNEL_SEARCH_LOCALNUMBER:
FoundMatch = (SearchValue == ChannelData->LocalNumber);
break;
case CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER:
FoundMatch = (SearchValue == ChannelData->RemoteNumber);
break;
case CHANNEL_SEARCH_PSM:
FoundMatch = (SearchValue == ChannelData->PSM);
break;
}
if (FoundMatch)
return ChannelData;
}
return NULL;
}
/** Sends a packet to the remote device on the specified channel.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to a buffer where the data is to be sourced from
* \param[in] DataLen Length of the data to send
* \param[in] ACLChannel ACL channel information structure containing the destination channel's information, NULL
* to send to the remote device's signaling channel
*
* \return A value from the \ref BT_SendPacket_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t Bluetooth_SendPacket(void* Data,
const uint16_t DataLen,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_ACL_Header_t ACLPacketHeader;
BT_DataPacket_Header_t DataHeader;
/* A remote device must be connected before a packet transmission is attempted */
if (!(Bluetooth_Connection.IsConnected))
return BT_SENDPACKET_NotConnected;
/* If the destination channel is not the signaling channel and it is not currently fully open, abort */
if ((ACLChannel != NULL) && (ACLChannel->State != BT_Channel_Open))
return BT_SENDPACKET_ChannelNotOpen;
/* Fill out the packet's header from the remote device connection information structure */
ACLPacketHeader.ConnectionHandle = (Bluetooth_Connection.ConnectionHandle | BT_ACL_FIRST_AUTOFLUSH);
ACLPacketHeader.DataLength = sizeof(DataHeader) + DataLen;
DataHeader.PayloadLength = DataLen;
DataHeader.DestinationChannel = (ACLChannel == NULL) ? BT_CHANNEL_SIGNALING : ACLChannel->RemoteNumber;
Pipe_SelectPipe(BLUETOOTH_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Write the packet contents to the pipe so that it can be sent to the remote device */
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ACLPacketHeader, sizeof(ACLPacketHeader), NULL);
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DataHeader, sizeof(DataHeader), NULL);
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Data, DataLen, NULL);
Pipe_ClearOUT();
Pipe_Freeze();
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "Packet Sent");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Connection Handle: 0x%04X", (ACLPacketHeader.ConnectionHandle & 0x0FFF));
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Data Length: 0x%04X", ACLPacketHeader.DataLength);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", DataHeader.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Payload Length: 0x%04X", DataHeader.PayloadLength);
return BT_SENDPACKET_NoError;
}
/** Opens a Bluetooth channel to the currently connected remote device, so that data can be exchanged.
*
* \note The channel is not immediately opened when this function returns - it must undergo a two way
* connection and configuration process first as the main Bluetooth stack processing task is
* repeatedly called. The returned channel is unusable by the user application until its State
* element has progressed to the Open state.
*
* \param[in] PSM PSM of the service that the channel is to be opened for
*
* \return Pointer to the channel information structure of the opened channel, or NULL if no free channels
*/
Bluetooth_Channel_t* Bluetooth_OpenChannel(const uint16_t PSM)
{
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = NULL;
/* Search through the channel information list for a free channel item */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
if (Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i].State == BT_Channel_Closed)
{
ChannelData = &Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i];
/* Set the new channel structure's local channel number to a unique value within the connection orientated
channel address space */
ChannelData->LocalNumber = (BT_CHANNELNUMBER_BASEOFFSET + i);
break;
}
}
/* If no free channel item was found in the list, all channels are occupied - abort */
if (ChannelData == NULL)
return NULL;
/* Reset and fill out the allocated channel's information structure with defaults */
ChannelData->RemoteNumber = 0;
ChannelData->PSM = PSM;
ChannelData->LocalMTU = MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_MTU;
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_WaitConnectRsp;
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_ConnectionReq_t ConnectionRequest;
} PacketData;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_REQUEST;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = ++Bluetooth_Connection.SignalingIdentifier;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(PacketData.ConnectionRequest);
/* Fill out the Connection Request in the response packet */
PacketData.ConnectionRequest.PSM = PSM;
PacketData.ConnectionRequest.SourceChannel = ChannelData->LocalNumber;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&PacketData, sizeof(PacketData), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Connection Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- PSM 0x%04X", PacketData.ConnectionRequest.PSM);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", PacketData.ConnectionRequest.SourceChannel);
return ChannelData;
}
/** Closes a Bluetooth channel that is open to the currently connected remote device, so that no further data
* can be exchanged.
*
* \note The channel is not immediately closed when this function returns - it must undergo an asynchronous
* disconnection process first as the main Bluetooth stack processing task is repeatedly called. The
* returned channel is unusable by the user application upon return however the channel is not completely
* closed until its State element has progressed to the Closed state.
*
* \param[in,out] ACLChannel ACL channel information structure of the channel to close
*/
void Bluetooth_CloseChannel(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
/* Don't try to close a non-existing or already closed channel */
if ((ACLChannel == NULL) || (ACLChannel->State == BT_Channel_Closed))
return;
/* Set the channel's state to the start of the teardown process */
ACLChannel->State = BT_Channel_WaitDisconnect;
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_DisconnectionReq_t DisconnectionRequest;
} PacketData;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_REQUEST;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = ++Bluetooth_Connection.SignalingIdentifier;
PacketData.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(PacketData.DisconnectionRequest);
/* Fill out the Disconnection Request in the response packet */
PacketData.DisconnectionRequest.DestinationChannel = ACLChannel->RemoteNumber;
PacketData.DisconnectionRequest.SourceChannel = ACLChannel->LocalNumber;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&PacketData, sizeof(PacketData), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Disconnection Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", PacketData.DisconnectionRequest.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", PacketData.DisconnectionRequest.SourceChannel);
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Connection Request command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_ConnectionReq_t ConnectionRequest;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ConnectionRequest, sizeof(ConnectionRequest), NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Connection Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- PSM: 0x%04X", ConnectionRequest.PSM);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ConnectionRequest.SourceChannel);
/* Try to retrieve the existing channel's information structure if it exists */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(ConnectionRequest.SourceChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER);
/* If an existing channel item with the correct remote channel number was not found, find a free channel entry */
if (ChannelData == NULL)
{
/* Look through the channel information list for a free entry */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
if (Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i].State == BT_Channel_Closed)
{
ChannelData = &Bluetooth_Connection.Channels[i];
/* Set the new channel structure's local channel number to a unique value within the connection orientated
channel address space */
ChannelData->LocalNumber = (BT_CHANNELNUMBER_BASEOFFSET + i);
break;
}
}
}
uint8_t ChannelStatus = BT_CONNECTION_REFUSED_RESOURCES;
/* Reset the channel item contents only if a channel entry was found for it */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
{
/* Check if the user application will allow the connection based on its PSM */
if (Bluetooth_ChannelConnectionRequest(ConnectionRequest.PSM))
{
ChannelData->RemoteNumber = ConnectionRequest.SourceChannel;
ChannelData->PSM = ConnectionRequest.PSM;
ChannelData->LocalMTU = MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_MTU;
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitConfig;
ChannelStatus = BT_CONNECTION_SUCCESSFUL;
}
else
{
ChannelStatus = BT_CONNECTION_REFUSED_PSM;
}
}
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_ConnectionResp_t ConnectionResponse;
} ResponsePacket;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_RESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = SignalCommandHeader->Identifier;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse);
/* Fill out the Connection Response in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.DestinationChannel = (ChannelData != NULL) ? ChannelData->LocalNumber : 0;
ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.SourceChannel = (ChannelData != NULL) ? ChannelData->RemoteNumber : 0;
ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.Result = ChannelStatus;
ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.Status = 0x00;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, sizeof(ResponsePacket), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Connection Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Result: 0x%02X", ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.Result);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ResponsePacket.ConnectionResponse.SourceChannel);
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Connection Response command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_ConnectionResp_t ConnectionResponse;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ConnectionResponse, sizeof(ConnectionResponse), NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Connection Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Result: 0x%02X", ConnectionResponse.Result);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ConnectionResponse.SourceChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", ConnectionResponse.DestinationChannel);
/* Search for the referenced channel in the channel information list */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(ConnectionResponse.SourceChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_LOCALNUMBER);
/* Only progress if the referenced channel data was found */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
{
/* Set the channel structure's remote channel number to the channel allocated on the remote device */
ChannelData->RemoteNumber = ConnectionResponse.SourceChannel;
ChannelData->State = (ConnectionResponse.Result == BT_CONNECTION_SUCCESSFUL) ?
BT_Channel_Config_WaitConfig : BT_Channel_Closed;
}
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Configuration Request command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_ConfigurationReq_t ConfigurationRequest;
/* Allocate a buffer large enough to hold the variable number of configuration options in the request */
uint8_t OptionsLen = (SignalCommandHeader->Length - sizeof(ConfigurationRequest));
uint8_t Options[OptionsLen];
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ConfigurationRequest, sizeof(ConfigurationRequest), NULL);
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Options, sizeof(Options), NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
/* Search for the referenced channel in the channel information list */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(ConfigurationRequest.DestinationChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_LOCALNUMBER);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Configuration Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", ConfigurationRequest.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Options Len: 0x%04X", OptionsLen);
/* Only look at the channel configuration options if a valid channel entry for the local channel number was found */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
{
/* Iterate through each option in the configuration request to look for ones which can be processed */
uint8_t OptionPos = 0;
while (OptionPos < OptionsLen)
{
BT_Config_Option_Header_t* OptionHeader = (BT_Config_Option_Header_t*)&Options[OptionPos];
void* OptionData = &Options[OptionPos + sizeof(BT_Config_Option_Header_t)];
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Option Type: 0x%04X", OptionHeader->Type);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Option Length: 0x%04X", (sizeof(BT_Config_Option_Header_t) + OptionHeader->Length));
/* Store the remote MTU option's value if present */
if (OptionHeader->Type == BT_CONFIG_OPTION_MTU)
ChannelData->RemoteMTU = *((uint16_t*)OptionData);
/* Progress to the next option in the packet */
OptionPos += (sizeof(BT_Config_Option_Header_t) + OptionHeader->Length);
}
}
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_ConfigurationResp_t ConfigurationResponse;
} ResponsePacket;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_RESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = SignalCommandHeader->Identifier;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse);
/* Fill out the Configuration Response in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse.SourceChannel = (ChannelData != NULL) ? ChannelData->RemoteNumber : 0;
ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse.Flags = 0x00;
ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse.Result = (ChannelData != NULL) ? BT_CONFIGURATION_SUCCESSFUL : BT_CONFIGURATION_REJECTED;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, sizeof(ResponsePacket), NULL);
if (ChannelData != NULL)
{
switch (ChannelData->State)
{
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitConfig:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitSendConfig;
break;
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitReqResp:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitResp;
break;
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitReq:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Open;
Bluetooth_ChannelOpened(ChannelData);
break;
}
}
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Configuration Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse.SourceChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Result: 0x%02X", ResponsePacket.ConfigurationResponse.Result);
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Configuration Response command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_ConfigurationResp_t ConfigurationResponse;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ConfigurationResponse, sizeof(ConfigurationResponse), NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Configuration Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ConfigurationResponse.SourceChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Result: 0x%02X", ConfigurationResponse.Result);
/* Search for the referenced channel in the channel information list */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(ConfigurationResponse.SourceChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER);
/* Only update the channel's state if it was found in the channel list */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
{
/* Check if the channel configuration completed successfully */
if (ConfigurationResponse.Result == BT_CONFIGURATION_SUCCESSFUL)
{
switch (ChannelData->State)
{
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitReqResp:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Config_WaitReq;
break;
case BT_Channel_Config_WaitResp:
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Open;
Bluetooth_ChannelOpened(ChannelData);
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Configuration failed - close the channel */
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Closed;
}
}
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Disconnection Request command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_DisconnectionReq_t DisconnectionRequest;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DisconnectionRequest, sizeof(DisconnectionRequest), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Disconnection Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", DisconnectionRequest.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", DisconnectionRequest.SourceChannel);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
/* Search for the referenced channel in the channel information list */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(DisconnectionRequest.SourceChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER);
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_DisconnectionResp_t DisconnectionResponse;
} ResponsePacket;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_RESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = SignalCommandHeader->Identifier;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(ResponsePacket.DisconnectionResponse);
/* Fill out the Disconnection Response in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.DisconnectionResponse.DestinationChannel = (ChannelData != NULL) ? ChannelData->RemoteNumber : 0;
ResponsePacket.DisconnectionResponse.SourceChannel = (ChannelData != NULL) ? ChannelData->LocalNumber : 0;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, sizeof(ResponsePacket), NULL);
/* If the channel was found in the channel list, close it */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Closed;
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Disconnection Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", ResponsePacket.DisconnectionResponse.SourceChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", ResponsePacket.DisconnectionResponse.DestinationChannel);
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for a Disconnection Response command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_DisconnectionResp_t DisconnectionResponse;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DisconnectionResponse, sizeof(DisconnectionResponse), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Disconnection Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Destination Channel: 0x%04X", DisconnectionResponse.DestinationChannel);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Source Channel: 0x%04X", DisconnectionResponse.SourceChannel);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
/* Search for the referenced channel in the channel information list */
Bluetooth_Channel_t* ChannelData = Bluetooth_GetChannelData(DisconnectionResponse.SourceChannel, CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER);
/* If the channel was found in the channel list, close it */
if (ChannelData != NULL)
ChannelData->State = BT_Channel_Closed;
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for an Echo Request command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_EchoReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Echo Request");
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
} ResponsePacket;
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_ECHO_RESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = SignalCommandHeader->Identifier;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Length = 0;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, sizeof(ResponsePacket), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Echo Response");
}
/** Internal Bluetooth stack Signal Command processing routine for an Information Request command.
*
* \param[in] SignalCommandHeader Pointer to the start of the received packet's Signal Command header
*/
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_InformationReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader)
{
BT_Signal_InformationReq_t InformationRequest;
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&InformationRequest, sizeof(InformationRequest), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, "<< L2CAP Information Request");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Info Type: 0x%04X", InformationRequest.InfoType);
Pipe_ClearIN();
Pipe_Freeze();
struct
{
BT_Signal_Header_t SignalCommandHeader;
BT_Signal_InformationResp_t InformationResponse;
uint8_t Data[4];
} ResponsePacket;
uint8_t DataLen = 0;
/* Retrieve the requested information and store it in the outgoing packet, if found */
switch (InformationRequest.InfoType)
{
case BT_INFOREQ_MTU:
ResponsePacket.InformationResponse.Result = BT_INFORMATION_SUCCESSFUL;
DataLen = 2;
*((uint16_t*)&ResponsePacket.Data) = MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_MTU;
break;
case BT_INFOREQ_EXTENDEDFEATURES:
ResponsePacket.InformationResponse.Result = BT_INFORMATION_SUCCESSFUL;
DataLen = 4;
*((uint32_t*)&ResponsePacket.Data) = 0;
break;
default:
ResponsePacket.InformationResponse.Result = BT_INFORMATION_NOTSUPPORTED;
DataLen = 0;
break;
}
/* Fill out the Signal Command header in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Code = BT_SIGNAL_INFORMATION_RESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Identifier = SignalCommandHeader->Identifier;
ResponsePacket.SignalCommandHeader.Length = sizeof(ResponsePacket.InformationResponse) + DataLen;
/* Fill out the Information Response in the response packet */
ResponsePacket.InformationResponse.InfoType = InformationRequest.InfoType;
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, (sizeof(ResponsePacket) - sizeof(ResponsePacket.Data) + DataLen), NULL);
BT_ACL_DEBUG(1, ">> L2CAP Information Response");
BT_ACL_DEBUG(2, "-- Result: 0x%02X", ResponsePacket.InformationResponse.Result);
}

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BluetoothACLPackets.c.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_ACLPACKETS_
#define _BLUETOOTH_ACLPACKETS_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
/* Macros: */
#define BT_ACL_DEBUG(l, s, ...) do { if (ACL_DEBUG_LEVEL >= l) printf_P(PSTR("(ACL) " s "\r\n"), ##__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define ACL_DEBUG_LEVEL 0
/** Lowest possible channel number for L2CAP data channels. */
#define BT_CHANNELNUMBER_BASEOFFSET 0x0040
/** Bluetooth specification defined channel number for signaling commands. */
#define BT_CHANNEL_SIGNALING 0x0001
/** Bluetooth specification defined channel number for connectionless data. */
#define BT_CHANNEL_CONNECTIONLESS 0x0002
#define BT_ACL_FIRST_AUTOFLUSH (1 << 13)
#define BT_SIGNAL_COMMAND_REJECT 0x01
#define BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_REQUEST 0x02
#define BT_SIGNAL_CONNECTION_RESPONSE 0x03
#define BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_REQUEST 0x04
#define BT_SIGNAL_CONFIGURATION_RESPONSE 0x05
#define BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_REQUEST 0x06
#define BT_SIGNAL_DISCONNECTION_RESPONSE 0x07
#define BT_SIGNAL_ECHO_REQUEST 0x08
#define BT_SIGNAL_ECHO_RESPONSE 0x09
#define BT_SIGNAL_INFORMATION_REQUEST 0x0A
#define BT_SIGNAL_INFORMATION_RESPONSE 0x0B
#define BT_INFOREQ_MTU 0x0001
#define BT_INFOREQ_EXTENDEDFEATURES 0x0002
#define BT_INFORMATION_SUCCESSFUL 0x0000
#define BT_INFORMATION_NOTSUPPORTED 0x0001
#define BT_CONNECTION_SUCCESSFUL 0x0000
#define BT_CONNECTION_REFUSED_PSM 0x0002
#define BT_CONNECTION_REFUSED_RESOURCES 0x0004
#define BT_CONFIGURATION_SUCCESSFUL 0x0000
#define BT_CONFIGURATION_REJECTED 0x0002
#define BT_CONFIGURATION_UNKNOWNOPTIONS 0x0003
#define BT_CONFIG_OPTION_MTU 1
/* Type Defines: */
/** Bluetooth ACL header structure, common to all ACL data packets. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t ConnectionHandle; /**< Unique device connection handle of the ACL packet */
uint16_t DataLength; /**< Length of the packet payload, in bytes */
} BT_ACL_Header_t;
/** Bluetooth ACL data packet header structure, for ACL packets containing L2CAP data. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t PayloadLength; /**< Size of the data payload, in bytes */
uint16_t DestinationChannel; /**< Destination channel in the device the data is directed to */
} BT_DataPacket_Header_t;
/** Bluetooth signaling command header structure, for all ACL packets containing a signaling command. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Code; /**< Signal code, a \c BT_SIGNAL_* mask value */
uint8_t Identifier; /**< Unique signal command identifier to link requests and responses */
uint16_t Length; /**< Length of the signaling command data, in bytes */
} BT_Signal_Header_t;
/** Connection Request signaling command structure, for channel connection requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t PSM; /**< Type of data the channel will carry, a \c CHANNEL_PSM_* mask value */
uint16_t SourceChannel; /**< Channel source on the sending device this channel will link to */
} BT_Signal_ConnectionReq_t;
/** Connection response signaling command structure, for responses to channel connection requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t DestinationChannel; /**< Destination device channel that the connection request was processed on */
uint16_t SourceChannel; /**< Source device channel address that the connection request came from */
uint16_t Result; /**< Connection result, a \c BT_CONNECTION_* mask value */
uint16_t Status; /**< Status of the request if the result was set to the Pending value */
} BT_Signal_ConnectionResp_t;
/** Disconnection request signaling command structure, for channel disconnection requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t DestinationChannel; /**< Destination channel address which is to be disconnected */
uint16_t SourceChannel; /**< Source channel address which is to be disconnected */
} BT_Signal_DisconnectionReq_t;
/** Disconnection response signaling command structure, for responses to channel disconnection requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t DestinationChannel; /**< Destination channel address which was disconnected */
uint16_t SourceChannel; /**< Source channel address which was disconnected */
} BT_Signal_DisconnectionResp_t;
/** Configuration Request signaling command structure, for channel configuration requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t DestinationChannel; /**< Destination channel address which is to be configured */
uint16_t Flags; /**< Configuration flags for the request, including command continuation */
} BT_Signal_ConfigurationReq_t;
/** Configuration Response signaling command structure, for responses to channel configuration requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SourceChannel; /**< Source channel that the configuration request was directed at */
uint16_t Flags; /**< Configuration flags for the response, including response continuation */
uint16_t Result; /**< Configuration result, a \c BT_CONFIGURATION_* mask value */
} BT_Signal_ConfigurationResp_t;
/** Information Request signaling command structure, for device information requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t InfoType; /**< Data type that is being requested, a \c BT_INFOREQ_* mask value */
} BT_Signal_InformationReq_t;
/** Information Response signaling command structure, for responses to information requests. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t InfoType; /**< Data type that was requested, a \c BT_INFOREQ_* mask value */
uint16_t Result; /**< Result of the request, a \c BT_INFORMATION_* mask value */
} BT_Signal_InformationResp_t;
/** Configuration Option header structure, placed at the start of each option in a Channel Configuration
* request's options list.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Type; /**< Option type, a \c BT_CONFIG_OPTION_* mask value */
uint8_t Length; /**< Length of the option's value, in bytes */
} BT_Config_Option_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Bluetooth_ACLTask(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BLUETOOTH_ACLPACKETS_C)
static void Bluetooth_ProcessIncomingACLPackets(void);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConnectionResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_ConfigurationResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_DisconnectionResp(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_EchoReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
static inline void Bluetooth_Signal_InformationReq(const BT_Signal_Header_t* const SignalCommandHeader);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Bluetooth class codes, used to describe the type and overall function of a
* Bluetooth device to other Bluetooth devices.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_CLASS_CODES_H_
#define _BLUETOOTH_CLASS_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_POSITIONING (1UL << 16)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_NETWORKING (1UL << 17)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_RENDERING (1UL << 18)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_CAPTURING (1UL << 19)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_OBJECTTRANSFER (1UL << 20)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_AUDIO (1UL << 21)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_TELEPHONY (1UL << 22)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_SERVICE_INFORMATION (1UL << 23)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_MISC (0x00 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_COMPUTER (0x01 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_PHONE (0x02 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_LAN (0x03 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_AUDIOVIDEO (0x04 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_PERIPHERAL (0x05 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_IMAGING (0x06 << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MAJOR_UNCLASSIFIED (0x1F << 8)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_UNCATEGORIZED (0x00 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_DESKTOP (0x01 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_SERVER (0x02 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_LAPTOP (0x03 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_HANDHELD (0x04 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_PALM (0x05 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_COMPUTER_WEARABLE (0x06 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_UNCATEGORIZED (0x00 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_CELLULAR (0x01 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_CORDLESS (0x02 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_SMARTPHONE (0x03 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_WIREDMODEM (0x04 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PHONE_ISDN (0x05 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_FULLY_AVAILABLE (0x00 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_1_TO_17_PC_UTILIZED (0x01 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_17_TO_33_PC_UTILIZED (0x02 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_33_TO_50_PC_UTILIZED (0x03 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_50_TO_67_PC_UTILIZED (0x04 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_67_TO_83_PC_UTILIZED (0x05 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_83_TO_99_PC_UTILIZED (0x06 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_LAN_NO_SERVICE_AVAILABLE (0x07 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_UNCATEGORIZED (0x00 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_HEADSET (0x01 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_HANDSFREE (0x02 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_MICROPHONE (0x04 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_LOUDSPEAKER (0x05 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_HEADPHONES (0x06 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_PORTABLE_AUDIO (0x07 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_CARAUDIO (0x08 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_SETTOP_BOX (0x09 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_HIFI (0x0A << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_VCR (0x0B << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_VIDEO_CAMERA (0x0C << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_CAMCORDER (0x0D << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_VIDEO_MONITOR (0x0E << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_DISPLAY_AND_LOUDSPEAKER (0x0F << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_VIDEO_CONFERENCING (0x10 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_AV_GAMING_TOY (0x12 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_KEYBOARD (0x01 << 6)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_POINTING (0x02 << 6)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_COMBO (0x03 << 6)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_UNCATEGORIZED (0x00 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_JOYSTICK (0x01 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_GAMEPAD (0x02 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_REMOTE_CONTROL (0x03 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_SENSING_DEVICE (0x04 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_DIGITIZER (0x05 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_PERIPHERAL_CARD_READER (0x06 << 2)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_IMAGING_DISPLAY (1 << 4)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_IMAGING_CAMERA (1 << 5)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_IMAGING_SCANNER (1 << 6)
#define DEVICE_CLASS_MINOR_IMAGING_PRINTER (1 << 7)
#endif

@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Bluetooth HCI layer management code. This module manages the overall
* Bluetooth stack connection state to and from other devices, processes
* received events from the Bluetooth controller, and issues commands to
* modify the controller's configuration, such as the broadcast name of the
* device.
*/
/*
TODO: Add local to remote device connections
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BLUETOOTHHCICOMMANDS_C
#include "BluetoothHCICommands.h"
/** Temporary Bluetooth Device Address, for HCI responses which must include the destination address */
static uint8_t Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress[6];
/** Bluetooth HCI processing task. This task should be called repeatedly the main Bluetooth
* stack task to manage the HCI processing state.
*/
void Bluetooth_HCITask(void)
{
BT_HCICommand_Header_t HCICommandHeader;
switch (Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState)
{
case Bluetooth_ProcessEvents:
Pipe_SelectPipe(BLUETOOTH_EVENTS_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
BT_HCIEvent_Header_t HCIEventHeader;
/* Read in the event header to fetch the event code and payload length */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&HCIEventHeader, sizeof(HCIEventHeader), NULL);
/* Create a temporary buffer for the event parameters */
uint8_t EventParams[HCIEventHeader.ParameterLength];
/* Read in the event parameters into the temporary buffer */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&EventParams, HCIEventHeader.ParameterLength, NULL);
Pipe_ClearIN();
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "Event Received (0x%02X)", HCIEventHeader.EventCode);
switch (HCIEventHeader.EventCode)
{
case EVENT_COMMAND_COMPLETE:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Command Complete");
/* Check which operation was completed in case we need to process the even parameters */
switch (((BT_HCIEvent_CommandComplete_t*)&EventParams)->Opcode)
{
case (OGF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL | OCF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL_READBDADDR):
/* A READ BDADDR command completed, copy over the local device's BDADDR from the response */
memcpy(Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR,
&((BT_HCIEvent_CommandComplete_t*)&EventParams)->ReturnParams[1],
sizeof(Bluetooth_State.LocalBDADDR));
break;
}
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState;
break;
case EVENT_COMMAND_STATUS:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Command Status");
BT_HCI_DEBUG(2, "-- Status Code: 0x%02X", (((BT_HCIEvent_CommandStatus_t*)&EventParams)->Status));
/* If the execution of a command failed, reset the stack */
if (((BT_HCIEvent_CommandStatus_t*)&EventParams)->Status)
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_Init;
break;
case EVENT_CONNECTION_REQUEST:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Connection Request");
BT_HCI_DEBUG(2, "-- Link Type: 0x%02X", (((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionRequest_t*)&EventParams)->LinkType));
/* Need to store the remote device's BT address in a temporary buffer for later use */
memcpy(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress,
&((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionRequest_t*)&EventParams)->RemoteAddress,
sizeof(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress));
bool IsACLConnection = (((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionRequest_t*)&EventParams)->LinkType == 0x01);
/* Only accept the connection if it is a ACL (data) connection, a device is not already connected
and the user application has indicated that the connection should be allowed */
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = (Bluetooth_Connection.IsConnected || !(IsACLConnection) ||
!(Bluetooth_ConnectionRequest(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress))) ?
Bluetooth_Conn_RejectConnection : Bluetooth_Conn_AcceptConnection;
BT_HCI_DEBUG(2, "-- Connection %S", (Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState == Bluetooth_Conn_RejectConnection) ?
PSTR("REJECTED") : PSTR("ACCEPTED"));
break;
case EVENT_PIN_CODE_REQUEST:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Pin Code Request");
/* Need to store the remote device's BT address in a temporary buffer for later use */
memcpy(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress,
&((BT_HCIEvent_PinCodeReq_t*)&EventParams)->RemoteAddress,
sizeof(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_Conn_SendPINCode;
break;
case EVENT_LINK_KEY_REQUEST:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Link Key Request");
/* Need to store the remote device's BT address in a temporary buffer for later use */
memcpy(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress,
&((BT_HCIEvent_LinkKeyReq_t*)&EventParams)->RemoteAddress,
sizeof(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_Conn_SendLinkKeyNAK;
break;
case EVENT_CONNECTION_COMPLETE:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Connection Complete");
BT_HCI_DEBUG(2, "-- Handle: 0x%04X", ((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionComplete_t*)&EventParams)->ConnectionHandle);
/* Need to store the remote device's BT address in a temporary buffer for later use */
memcpy(Bluetooth_Connection.RemoteAddress,
&((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionComplete_t*)&EventParams)->RemoteAddress,
sizeof(Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress));
/* Store the created connection handle and indicate that the connection has been established */
Bluetooth_Connection.ConnectionHandle = ((BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionComplete_t*)&EventParams)->ConnectionHandle;
Bluetooth_Connection.IsConnected = true;
Bluetooth_ConnectionComplete();
break;
case EVENT_DISCONNECTION_COMPLETE:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "<< Disconnection Complete");
/* Device disconnected, indicate connection information no longer valid */
Bluetooth_Connection.IsConnected = false;
Bluetooth_DisconnectionComplete();
break;
}
}
Pipe_Freeze();
break;
case Bluetooth_Init:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Init");
Bluetooth_State.IsInitialized = false;
/* Reset the connection information structure to destroy any previous connection state */
memset(&Bluetooth_Connection, 0x00, sizeof(Bluetooth_Connection));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_Reset;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_Reset:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Reset");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_BASEBAND | OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_RESET),
ParameterLength: 0,
};
/* Send the command to reset the Bluetooth dongle controller */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, NULL, 0);
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_ReadBufferSize;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_ReadBufferSize:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Read Buffer Size");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL | OCF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL_READBUFFERSIZE),
ParameterLength: 0,
};
/* Send the command to read the Bluetooth buffer size (mandatory before device sends any data) */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, NULL, 0);
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_GetBDADDR;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_GetBDADDR:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Get BDADDR");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL | OCF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL_READBDADDR),
ParameterLength: 0,
};
/* Send the command to retrieve the BDADDR of the inserted Bluetooth dongle */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, NULL, 0);
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_SetLocalName;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_SetLocalName:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Set Local Name");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_BASEBAND | OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_LOCAL_NAME),
ParameterLength: 248,
};
/* Send the command to set the Bluetooth dongle's name for other devices to see */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration.Name, strlen(Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration.Name));
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_SetDeviceClass;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_SetDeviceClass:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Set Device Class");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_BASEBAND | OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_CLASS_OF_DEVICE),
ParameterLength: 3,
};
/* Send the command to set the class of the device for other devices to see */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration.Class, 3);
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_WriteScanEnable;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_WriteScanEnable:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Write Scan Enable");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_CTRLR_BASEBAND | OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE),
ParameterLength: 1,
};
uint8_t Interval = BT_SCANMODE_InquiryAndPageScans;
/* Send the command to set the remote device scanning mode */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &Interval, 1);
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init_FinalizeInit;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Init_FinalizeInit:
Bluetooth_State.IsInitialized = true;
/* Fire the user application callback to indicate that the stack is now fully initialized */
Bluetooth_StackInitialized();
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Conn_AcceptConnection:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Accept Connection");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_LINK_CONTROL | OCF_LINK_CONTROL_ACCEPT_CONNECTION_REQUEST),
ParameterLength: sizeof(BT_HCICommand_AcceptConnectionReq_t),
};
/* Copy over the temporary BT device address saved from the Connection Request event, indicate slave
connection role */
BT_HCICommand_AcceptConnectionReq_t AcceptConnectionParams;
memcpy(AcceptConnectionParams.RemoteAddress, Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress,
sizeof(AcceptConnectionParams.RemoteAddress));
AcceptConnectionParams.SlaveRole = true;
/* Send the command to accept the remote connection request */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &AcceptConnectionParams, sizeof(BT_HCICommand_AcceptConnectionReq_t));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Conn_RejectConnection:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Reject Connection");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_LINK_CONTROL | OCF_LINK_CONTROL_REJECT_CONNECTION_REQUEST),
ParameterLength: sizeof(BT_HCICommand_RejectConnectionReq_t),
};
/* Copy over the temporary BT device address saved from the Connection Request event, indicate failure
to accept the connection due to limited device resources or incorrect device address */
BT_HCICommand_RejectConnectionReq_t RejectConnectionParams;
memcpy(RejectConnectionParams.RemoteAddress, Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress, sizeof(RejectConnectionParams.RemoteAddress));
RejectConnectionParams.Reason = Bluetooth_Connection.IsConnected ? ERROR_LIMITED_RESOURCES : ERROR_UNACCEPTABLE_BDADDR;
/* Send the command to reject the remote connection request */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &RejectConnectionParams, sizeof(BT_HCICommand_RejectConnectionReq_t));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Conn_SendPINCode:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Send Pin Code");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_LINK_CONTROL | OCF_LINK_CONTROL_PIN_CODE_REQUEST_REPLY),
ParameterLength: sizeof(BT_HCICommand_PinCodeResp_t),
};
/* Copy over the temporary BT device address saved from the PIN Code Request event, copy over the
local PIN authentication code to the response */
BT_HCICommand_PinCodeResp_t PINCodeRequestParams;
memcpy(PINCodeRequestParams.RemoteAddress, Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress, sizeof(PINCodeRequestParams.RemoteAddress));
PINCodeRequestParams.PINCodeLength = strlen(Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration.PINCode);
memcpy(PINCodeRequestParams.PINCode, Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration.PINCode, sizeof(PINCodeRequestParams.PINCode));
/* Send the command to transmit the device's local PIN number for authentication */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &PINCodeRequestParams, sizeof(BT_HCICommand_PinCodeResp_t));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
case Bluetooth_Conn_SendLinkKeyNAK:
BT_HCI_DEBUG(1, "# Send Link Key NAK");
HCICommandHeader = (BT_HCICommand_Header_t)
{
OpCode: (OGF_LINK_CONTROL | OCF_LINK_CONTROL_LINK_KEY_REQUEST_NEG_REPLY),
ParameterLength: sizeof(BT_HCICommand_LinkKeyNAKResp_t),
};
/* Copy over the temporary BT device address saved from the Link Key Request event */
BT_HCICommand_LinkKeyNAKResp_t LinkKeyNAKParams;
memcpy(LinkKeyNAKParams.RemoteAddress, Bluetooth_TempDeviceAddress, sizeof(LinkKeyNAKParams.RemoteAddress));
/* Send the command to transmit the link key NAK to the receiver */
Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(&HCICommandHeader, &LinkKeyNAKParams, sizeof(BT_HCICommand_LinkKeyNAKResp_t));
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_ProcessEvents;
break;
}
}
/** Sends a Bluetooth HCI control command to the attached Bluetooth device.
*
* \param[in] HCICommandHeader HCI command header to send to the attached device
* \param[in] Parameters Pointer to the source of the control parameters (if any)
* \param[in] ParameterLength Length of the parameters to send in bytes
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
static uint8_t Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(const BT_HCICommand_Header_t* const HCICommandHeader,
const void* Parameters,
const uint16_t ParameterLength)
{
/* Need to reserve the amount of bytes given in the header for the complete payload */
uint8_t CommandBuffer[sizeof(BT_HCICommand_Header_t) + HCICommandHeader->ParameterLength];
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = 0,
.wValue = 0,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = sizeof(CommandBuffer)
};
/* Copy over the HCI command header to the allocated buffer */
memcpy(CommandBuffer, HCICommandHeader, sizeof(BT_HCICommand_Header_t));
/* Zero out the parameter section of the response so that all padding bytes are known to be zero */
memset(&CommandBuffer[sizeof(BT_HCICommand_Header_t)], 0x00, HCICommandHeader->ParameterLength);
/* Copy over the command parameters (if any) to the command buffer - note, the number of actual source parameter bytes
may differ to those in the header; any difference in length is filled with 0x00 padding bytes */
memcpy(&CommandBuffer[sizeof(BT_HCICommand_Header_t)], Parameters, ParameterLength);
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(CommandBuffer);
}

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BluetoothHCICommands.c.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_HCICOMMANDS_H_
#define _BLUETOOTH_HCICOMMANDS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
#include "BluetoothClassCodes.h"
/* Macros: */
#define BT_HCI_DEBUG(l, s, ...) do { if (HCI_DEBUG_LEVEL >= l) printf_P(PSTR("(HCI) " s "\r\n"), ##__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define HCI_DEBUG_LEVEL 0
#define OGF_LINK_CONTROL (0x01 << 10)
#define OGF_CTRLR_BASEBAND (0x03 << 10)
#define OGF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL (0x04 << 10)
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_INQUIRY 0x0001
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_INQUIRY_CANCEL 0x0002
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_PERIODIC_INQUIRY 0x0003
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_EXIT_PERIODIC_INQUIRY 0x0004
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_CREATE_CONNECTION 0x0005
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_DISCONNECT 0x0006
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_CREATE_CONNECTION_CANCEL 0x0008
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_ACCEPT_CONNECTION_REQUEST 0x0009
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_REJECT_CONNECTION_REQUEST 0x000A
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_LINK_KEY_REQUEST_REPLY 0x000B
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_LINK_KEY_REQUEST_NEG_REPLY 0x000C
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_PIN_CODE_REQUEST_REPLY 0x000D
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_PIN_CODE_REQUEST_NEG_REPLY 0x000E
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_CHANGE_CONNECTION_PACKET_TYPE 0x000F
#define OCF_LINK_CONTROL_REMOTE_NAME_REQUEST 0x0019
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_SET_EVENT_MASK 0x0001
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_RESET 0x0003
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_PIN_TYPE 0x000A
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_LOCAL_NAME 0x0013
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_READ_LOCAL_NAME 0x0014
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_SCAN_ENABLE 0x001A
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_CLASS_OF_DEVICE 0x0024
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_MODE 0x0056
#define OCF_CTRLR_BASEBAND_WRITE_AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE 0x0020
#define OCF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL_READBUFFERSIZE 0x0005
#define OCF_CTRLR_INFORMATIONAL_READBDADDR 0x0009
#define EVENT_COMMAND_STATUS 0x0F
#define EVENT_COMMAND_COMPLETE 0x0E
#define EVENT_CONNECTION_COMPLETE 0x03
#define EVENT_CONNECTION_REQUEST 0x04
#define EVENT_DISCONNECTION_COMPLETE 0x05
#define EVENT_REMOTE_NAME_REQUEST_COMPLETE 0x07
#define EVENT_PIN_CODE_REQUEST 0x16
#define EVENT_LINK_KEY_REQUEST 0x17
#define ERROR_LIMITED_RESOURCES 0x0D
#define ERROR_UNACCEPTABLE_BDADDR 0x0F
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t OpCode;
uint8_t ParameterLength;
uint8_t Parameters[];
} BT_HCICommand_Header_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t EventCode;
uint8_t ParameterLength;
} BT_HCIEvent_Header_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Status;
uint8_t Packets;
uint16_t OpCode;
} BT_HCIEvent_CommandStatus_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t HCIPacketsAllowable;
uint16_t Opcode;
uint8_t ReturnParams[];
} BT_HCIEvent_CommandComplete_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
uint8_t ClassOfDevice_Service;
uint16_t ClassOfDevice_MajorMinor;
uint8_t LinkType;
} BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionRequest_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Status;
uint16_t ConnectionHandle;
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
uint8_t LinkType;
uint8_t EncryptionEnabled;
} BT_HCIEvent_ConnectionComplete_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
} BT_HCIEvent_PinCodeReq_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
} BT_HCIEvent_LinkKeyReq_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
} BT_HCICommand_LinkKeyNAKResp_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
uint8_t PINCodeLength;
char PINCode[16];
} BT_HCICommand_PinCodeResp_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
uint8_t SlaveRole;
} BT_HCICommand_AcceptConnectionReq_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6];
uint8_t Reason;
} BT_HCICommand_RejectConnectionReq_t;
/* Enums: */
enum BT_ScanEnable_Modes_t
{
BT_SCANMODE_NoScansEnabled = 0,
BT_SCANMODE_InquiryScanOnly = 1,
BT_SCANMODE_PageScanOnly = 2,
BT_SCANMODE_InquiryAndPageScans = 3,
};
enum BT_HCIStates_t
{
Bluetooth_ProcessEvents = 0,
Bluetooth_Init = 1,
Bluetooth_Init_Reset = 2,
Bluetooth_Init_ReadBufferSize = 3,
Bluetooth_Init_GetBDADDR = 4,
Bluetooth_Init_SetLocalName = 5,
Bluetooth_Init_SetDeviceClass = 6,
Bluetooth_Init_WriteScanEnable = 7,
Bluetooth_Init_FinalizeInit = 8,
Bluetooth_Conn_AcceptConnection = 9,
Bluetooth_Conn_RejectConnection = 10,
Bluetooth_Conn_SendPINCode = 11,
Bluetooth_Conn_SendLinkKeyNAK = 12,
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Bluetooth_HCITask(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BLUETOOTHHCICOMMANDS_C)
static uint8_t Bluetooth_SendHCICommand(const BT_HCICommand_Header_t* const HCICommandHeader,
const void* Parameters,
const uint16_t ParameterLength);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main module for the Bluetooth stack. This module contains the overall Bluetooth
* stack state variables and the main Bluetooth stack management functions.
*/
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
/** Bluetooth device connection information structure. Once connected to a remote device, this structure tracks the
* connection state of the individual L2CAP channels.
*/
Bluetooth_Connection_t Bluetooth_Connection = { IsConnected: false };
/** Bluetooth device state information structure. This structure contains details on the current Bluetooth stack
* state.
*/
Bluetooth_Stack_State_t Bluetooth_State = { IsInitialized: false };
/** Bluetooth stack initialization function. This function must be called once to initialize the Bluetooth stack,
* ready for connection to remote devices.
*
* \note This function only begins the initialization process; the stack is initialized as the main Bluetooth stack
* management task is repeatedly called. The initialization process ends when the IsInitialized element of the
* \ref Bluetooth_State structure becomes true and the \ref Bluetooth_StackInitialized() callback fires.
*/
void Bluetooth_Stack_Init(void)
{
/* Reset the HCI state machine - this will reset the adapter and stack when the Bluetooth stack task is called */
Bluetooth_State.CurrentHCIState = Bluetooth_Init;
Bluetooth_State.NextHCIState = Bluetooth_Init;
}
/** Bluetooth stack management task. This task must be repeatedly called to maintain the Bluetooth stack and any connection
* to remote Bluetooth devices, including both the HCI control layer and the ACL channel layer.
*/
void Bluetooth_Stack_USBTask(void)
{
if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
return;
Bluetooth_HCITask();
Bluetooth_ACLTask();
}

@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for BluetoothStack.c.
*/
#ifndef _BLUETOOTH_STACK_
#define _BLUETOOTH_STACK_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../ConfigDescriptor.h"
/* Macros: */
#define BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS 6
#define CHANNEL_PSM_SDP 0x0001
#define CHANNEL_PSM_UDP 0x0002
#define CHANNEL_PSM_RFCOMM 0x0003
#define CHANNEL_PSM_TCP 0x0004
#define CHANNEL_PSM_IP 0x0009
#define CHANNEL_PSM_FTP 0x000A
#define CHANNEL_PSM_HTTP 0x000C
#define CHANNEL_PSM_UPNP 0x0010
#define CHANNEL_PSM_HIDP 0x0011
#define CHANNEL_SEARCH_LOCALNUMBER 0
#define CHANNEL_SEARCH_REMOTENUMBER 1
#define CHANNEL_SEARCH_PSM 2
#define MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_MTU 255
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible states for a Bluetooth ACL channel. */
enum BT_ChannelStates_t
{
BT_Channel_Closed = 0, /**< Channel is closed and inactive. No data may be sent or received. */
BT_Channel_WaitConnect = 1, /**< A connection request has been received, but a response has not been sent. */
BT_Channel_WaitConnectRsp = 2, /**< A connection request has been sent, but a response has not been received. */
BT_Channel_Config_WaitConfig = 3, /**< Channel has been connected, but not yet configured on either end. */
BT_Channel_Config_WaitSendConfig = 4, /**< Channel configuration has been received and accepted, but not yet sent. */
BT_Channel_Config_WaitReqResp = 5, /**< Channel configuration has been sent but not responded to, and a configuration
* request from the remote end has not yet been received.
*/
BT_Channel_Config_WaitResp = 6, /**< Channel configuration has been sent but not accepted, but a configuration request
* from the remote end has been accepted.
*/
BT_Channel_Config_WaitReq = 7, /**< Channel configuration has been sent and accepted, but a configuration request
* from the remote end has not yet been accepted.
*/
BT_Channel_Open = 8, /**< Channel is open and ready to send or receive data */
BT_Channel_WaitDisconnect = 9, /**< A disconnection request has been sent, but not yet acknowledged. */
};
/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Bluetooth_SendPacket() function. */
enum BT_SendPacket_ErrorCodes_t
{
BT_SENDPACKET_NoError = 0, /**< The packet was sent successfully. */
BT_SENDPACKET_NotConnected = 1, /**< The Bluetooth stack is not currently connected to a remote device. */
BT_SENDPACKET_ChannelNotOpen = 2, /**< The given channel is not currently in the Open state. */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a Bluetooth ACL channel information structure. This structure contains all the relevant
* information on an ACL channel for data transmission and reception by the stack.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t State; /**< Current channel state, a value from the \ref BT_ChannelStates_t enum. */
uint16_t LocalNumber; /**< Local channel number on the device. */
uint16_t RemoteNumber; /**< Remote channel number on the connected device. */
uint16_t PSM; /**< Protocol used on the channel. */
uint16_t LocalMTU; /**< MTU of data sent from the connected device to the local device. */
uint16_t RemoteMTU; /**< MTU of data sent from the local device to the connected device. */
} Bluetooth_Channel_t;
/** Type define for a Bluetooth device connection information structure. This structure contains all the
* information needed to maintain a connection to a remote Bluetooth device via the Bluetooth stack.
*/
typedef struct
{
bool IsConnected; /**< Indicates if the stack is currently connected to a remote device - if this value is
* false, the remaining elements are invalid.
*/
uint16_t ConnectionHandle; /**< Connection handle to the remote device, used internally in the stack. */
uint8_t RemoteAddress[6]; /**< Bluetooth device address of the attached remote device. */
Bluetooth_Channel_t Channels[BLUETOOTH_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS]; /**< Channel information structures for the connection. */
uint8_t SignalingIdentifier; /**< Next Signaling Channel unique command sequence identifier. */
} Bluetooth_Connection_t;
/** Local Bluetooth device information structure, for the defining of local device characteristics for the Bluetooth stack. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Class; /**< Class of the local device, a mask of \c DEVICE_CLASS_* masks. */
char PINCode[16]; /**< Pin code required to send or receive in order to authenticate with a remote device. */
char Name[]; /**< Name of the local Bluetooth device, up to 248 characters. */
} Bluetooth_Device_t;
/** Bluetooth stack state information structure, for the containment of the Bluetooth stack state. The values in
* this structure are set by the Bluetooth stack internally, and should all be treated as read only by the user
* application.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t CurrentHCIState; /**< Current HCI state machine state. */
uint8_t NextHCIState; /**< Next HCI state machine state to progress to once the currently issued command completes. */
bool IsInitialized; /**< Indicates if the Bluetooth stack is currently initialized and ready for connections
* to or from a remote Bluetooth device.
*/
uint8_t LocalBDADDR[6]; /**< Local Bluetooth adapter's BDADDR, valid when the stack is fully initialized. */
} Bluetooth_Stack_State_t;
/* Includes: */
#include "BluetoothHCICommands.h"
#include "BluetoothACLPackets.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Bluetooth_Stack_Init(void);
void Bluetooth_Stack_USBTask(void);
void Bluetooth_StackInitialized(void);
bool Bluetooth_ConnectionRequest(const uint8_t* RemoteAddress);
void Bluetooth_ConnectionComplete(void);
void Bluetooth_DisconnectionComplete(void);
bool Bluetooth_ChannelConnectionRequest(const uint16_t PSM);
void Bluetooth_PacketReceived(void* Data, uint16_t DataLen,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
void Bluetooth_ChannelOpened(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
Bluetooth_Channel_t* Bluetooth_GetChannelData(const uint16_t SearchValue,
const uint8_t SearchKey);
Bluetooth_Channel_t* Bluetooth_OpenChannel(const uint16_t PSM);
void Bluetooth_CloseChannel(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
uint8_t Bluetooth_SendPacket(void* Data,
uint16_t DataLen,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
/* External Variables: */
extern Bluetooth_Device_t Bluetooth_DeviceConfiguration;
extern Bluetooth_Connection_t Bluetooth_Connection;
extern Bluetooth_Stack_State_t Bluetooth_State;
#endif

@ -1,417 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RFCOMM layer module. This module manages the RFCOMM layer of the
* stack, providing virtual serial port channels on top of the lower
* L2CAP layer.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_RFCOMM_C
#include "RFCOMM.h"
/** 8-Bit CRC table used by the FCS field of each RFCOMM encoded frame, sourced from the ETSI TS 101 369 V7.2.0
* specification document, upon which the RFCOMM specification is based.
*/
const uint8_t CRC8_Table[256] PROGMEM =
{
0x00, 0x91, 0xE3, 0x72, 0x07, 0x96, 0xE4, 0x75, 0x0E, 0x9F, 0xED, 0x7C, 0x09, 0x98, 0xEA, 0x7B,
0x1C, 0x8D, 0xFF, 0x6E, 0x1B, 0x8A, 0xF8, 0x69, 0x12, 0x83, 0xF1, 0x60, 0x15, 0x84, 0xF6, 0x67,
0x38, 0xA9, 0xDB, 0x4A, 0x3F, 0xAE, 0xDC, 0x4D, 0x36, 0xA7, 0xD5, 0x44, 0x31, 0xA0, 0xD2, 0x43,
0x24, 0xB5, 0xC7, 0x56, 0x23, 0xB2, 0xC0, 0x51, 0x2A, 0xBB, 0xC9, 0x58, 0x2D, 0xBC, 0xCE, 0x5F,
0x70, 0xE1, 0x93, 0x02, 0x77, 0xE6, 0x94, 0x05, 0x7E, 0xEF, 0x9D, 0x0C, 0x79, 0xE8, 0x9A, 0x0B,
0x6C, 0xFD, 0x8F, 0x1E, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x88, 0x19, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x81, 0x10, 0x65, 0xF4, 0x86, 0x17,
0x48, 0xD9, 0xAB, 0x3A, 0x4F, 0xDE, 0xAC, 0x3D, 0x46, 0xD7, 0xA5, 0x34, 0x41, 0xD0, 0xA2, 0x33,
0x54, 0xC5, 0xB7, 0x26, 0x53, 0xC2, 0xB0, 0x21, 0x5A, 0xCB, 0xB9, 0x28, 0x5D, 0xCC, 0xBE, 0x2F,
0xE0, 0x71, 0x03, 0x92, 0xE7, 0x76, 0x04, 0x95, 0xEE, 0x7F, 0x0D, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x78, 0x0A, 0x9B,
0xFC, 0x6D, 0x1F, 0x8E, 0xFB, 0x6A, 0x18, 0x89, 0xF2, 0x63, 0x11, 0x80, 0xF5, 0x64, 0x16, 0x87,
0xD8, 0x49, 0x3B, 0xAA, 0xDF, 0x4E, 0x3C, 0xAD, 0xD6, 0x47, 0x35, 0xA4, 0xD1, 0x40, 0x32, 0xA3,
0xC4, 0x55, 0x27, 0xB6, 0xC3, 0x52, 0x20, 0xB1, 0xCA, 0x5B, 0x29, 0xB8, 0xCD, 0x5C, 0x2E, 0xBF,
0x90, 0x01, 0x73, 0xE2, 0x97, 0x06, 0x74, 0xE5, 0x9E, 0x0F, 0x7D, 0xEC, 0x99, 0x08, 0x7A, 0xEB,
0x8C, 0x1D, 0x6F, 0xFE, 0x8B, 0x1A, 0x68, 0xF9, 0x82, 0x13, 0x61, 0xF0, 0x85, 0x14, 0x66, 0xF7,
0xA8, 0x39, 0x4B, 0xDA, 0xAF, 0x3E, 0x4C, 0xDD, 0xA6, 0x37, 0x45, 0xD4, 0xA1, 0x30, 0x42, 0xD3,
0xB4, 0x25, 0x57, 0xC6, 0xB3, 0x22, 0x50, 0xC1, 0xBA, 0x2B, 0x59, 0xC8, 0xBD, 0x2C, 0x5E, 0xCF
};
/** RFCOMM channel state structure, to retain information about each open channel in the RFCOMM multiplexer. */
RFCOMM_Channel_t RFCOMM_Channels[RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS];
/** Initializes the RFCOMM service, ready for new connections from a SDP client. */
void RFCOMM_Initialize(void)
{
/* Reset the RFCOMM channel structures, to invalidate any configured RFCOMM channels */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
RFCOMM_Channels[i].State = RFCOMM_Channel_Closed;
}
/** Services all the logical RFCOMM channels on the given ACL channel, sending any RFCOMM control requests to
* the remote device as needed to establish new logical RFCOMM channels. This function should be called repeatedly
* in the main program loop when an ACL channel with an RFCOMM PSM has been established between the local and remote
* device.
*
* \param[in] ACLChannel ACL channel which has been previously opened to handle RFCOMM traffic between devices
*/
void RFCOMM_ServiceChannels(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
/* Abort if the RFCOMM ACL channel is not currently open */
if ((ACLChannel == NULL) || (ACLChannel->State != BT_Channel_Open))
return;
/* Loop through each of the RFCOMM channels, send any required RFCOMM control commands */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = &RFCOMM_Channels[i];
if (RFCOMMChannel->State == RFCOMM_Channel_Configure)
{
/* Check if the local signals have not yet been sent on the current channel */
if (!(RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags & RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALSSENT))
{
/* Indicate that the local signals have been sent, transmit them to the remote device */
RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags |= RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALSSENT;
RFCOMM_SendChannelSignals(RFCOMMChannel, ACLChannel);
}
/* If signals have been configured in both directions, progress to the open state */
if ((RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags & (RFCOMM_CONFIG_REMOTESIGNALS | RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALS)) ==
(RFCOMM_CONFIG_REMOTESIGNALS | RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALS))
{
RFCOMMChannel->State = RFCOMM_Channel_Open;
RFCOMM_ChannelOpened(RFCOMMChannel);
}
}
}
}
/** Processes an incoming RFCOMM packet on an ACL channel which has been previously opened between the local and
* a remote device to handle RFCOMM traffic.
*
* \param[in] Data Incoming packet data containing the RFCOMM packet
* \param[in] ACLChannel ACL channel the request was issued to by the remote device
*/
void RFCOMM_ProcessPacket(void* Data,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
const RFCOMM_Header_t* FrameHeader = (const RFCOMM_Header_t*)Data;
const uint8_t* FrameData = (const uint8_t*)Data + sizeof(RFCOMM_Header_t);
uint16_t FrameDataLen = RFCOMM_GetVariableFieldValue(&FrameData);
/* Decode the RFCOMM frame type from the header */
switch (FrameHeader->Control & ~FRAME_POLL_FINAL)
{
case RFCOMM_Frame_DM:
RFCOMM_ProcessDM(&FrameHeader->Address, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Frame_DISC:
RFCOMM_ProcessDISC(&FrameHeader->Address, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Frame_SABM:
RFCOMM_ProcessSABM(&FrameHeader->Address, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Frame_UA:
RFCOMM_ProcessUA(&FrameHeader->Address, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Frame_UIH:
RFCOMM_ProcessUIH(&FrameHeader->Address, FrameDataLen, FrameData, ACLChannel);
break;
default:
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< Unknown Frame Received");
break;
}
}
/** Sends an RFCOMM notification to the remote device that the local terminal control signals (located in the
* "Local" structure of the RFCOMM channel) have changed, pushing the new signals to the remote device.
*
* \param[in] RFCOMMChannel RFCOMM logical channel whose local terminal signals have changed
* \param[in] ACLChannel ACL channel which has been opened to carry RFCOMM traffic between devices
*/
void RFCOMM_SendChannelSignals(const RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> MSC Command");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", RFCOMMChannel->DLCI);
struct
{
RFCOMM_Command_t CommandHeader;
uint8_t Length;
RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t Params;
} MSCommand;
MSCommand.CommandHeader = (RFCOMM_Command_t){.Command = RFCOMM_Control_ModemStatus, .EA = true, .CR = true};
MSCommand.Length = (sizeof(MSCommand.Params) << 1) | 0x01;
MSCommand.Params.Channel = (RFCOMM_Address_t){.DLCI = RFCOMMChannel->DLCI, .EA = true, .CR = true};
MSCommand.Params.Signals = RFCOMMChannel->Local.Signals;
MSCommand.Params.BreakSignal = RFCOMMChannel->Local.BreakSignal;
/* Send the MSC command to the remote device */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI, true, RFCOMM_Frame_UIH, sizeof(MSCommand), &MSCommand, ACLChannel);
}
/** Sends new data through an open logical RFCOMM channel. This should be used to transmit data through a
* RFCOMM channel once it has been opened.
*
* \param[in] DataLen Length of the RFCOMM data to send, in bytes
* \param[in] Data Pointer to a buffer where the data to send is located
* \param[in] RFCOMMChannel RFCOMM logical channel which is to be transmitted to
* \param[in] ACLChannel ACL channel which has been opened to carry RFCOMM traffic between devices
*/
void RFCOMM_SendData(const uint16_t DataLen,
const uint8_t* Data,
const RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
if (RFCOMMChannel->State != RFCOMM_Channel_Open)
return;
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> UIH Frame");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", RFCOMMChannel->DLCI);
/* Send the MSC command to the remote device */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(RFCOMMChannel->DLCI, false, RFCOMM_Frame_UIH, DataLen, Data, ACLChannel);
}
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMM_GetFreeChannelEntry(const uint8_t DLCI)
{
/* Find a free entry in the RFCOMM channel multiplexer state array */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = &RFCOMM_Channels[i];
/* If the channel's state is closed, the channel state entry is free */
if (RFCOMMChannel->State == RFCOMM_Channel_Closed)
{
RFCOMMChannel->DLCI = DLCI;
RFCOMMChannel->State = RFCOMM_Channel_Configure;
RFCOMMChannel->Priority = 7 + (RFCOMMChannel->DLCI & 0xF8);
RFCOMMChannel->MTU = 0xFFFF;
RFCOMMChannel->Remote.Signals = 0 | (1 << 0);
RFCOMMChannel->Remote.BreakSignal = 0 | (1 << 0);
RFCOMMChannel->Local.Signals = RFCOMM_SIGNAL_RTC | RFCOMM_SIGNAL_RTR | RFCOMM_SIGNAL_DV | (1 << 0);
RFCOMMChannel->Local.BreakSignal = 0 | (1 << 0);
RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags = 0;
return RFCOMMChannel;
}
}
return NULL;
}
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMM_GetChannelData(const uint8_t DLCI)
{
/* Search through the RFCOMM channel list, looking for the specified channel */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS; i++)
{
RFCOMM_Channel_t* CurrRFCOMMChannel = &RFCOMM_Channels[i];
/* If the current non-closed channel's DLCI matches the search DLCI, return it to the caller */
if ((CurrRFCOMMChannel->State != RFCOMM_Channel_Closed) && (CurrRFCOMMChannel->DLCI == DLCI))
return CurrRFCOMMChannel;
}
/* Channel not found in the channel state table, return failure */
return NULL;
}
uint16_t RFCOMM_GetVariableFieldValue(const uint8_t** BufferPos)
{
uint8_t FirstOctet;
uint8_t SecondOctet = 0;
FirstOctet = **BufferPos;
(*BufferPos)++;
/* If the field size is more than a single byte, fetch the next byte in the variable length field */
if (!(FirstOctet & 0x01))
{
SecondOctet = **BufferPos;
(*BufferPos)++;
/* Discard any remaining bytes in the variable length field that won't fit in the return value */
while (!(**BufferPos & 0x01))
(*BufferPos)++;
}
/* Bit-shift the bytes that comprise the variable length field so that they form a single integer */
return (((uint16_t)SecondOctet << 7) | FirstOctet >> 1);
}
void RFCOMM_SendFrame(const uint8_t DLCI,
const bool CommandResponse,
const uint8_t Control,
const uint16_t DataLen,
const void* Data,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
struct
{
RFCOMM_Header_t FrameHeader;
uint8_t Size[(DataLen < 128) ? 1 : 2];
uint8_t Data[DataLen];
uint8_t FCS;
} ResponsePacket;
/* Set the frame header values to the specified address and frame type */
ResponsePacket.FrameHeader.Control = Control;
ResponsePacket.FrameHeader.Address = (RFCOMM_Address_t){.DLCI = DLCI, .EA = true, .CR = CommandResponse};
/* Set the lower 7 bits of the packet length */
ResponsePacket.Size[0] = (DataLen << 1);
/* Terminate the size field if size is 7 bits or lower, otherwise set the upper 8 bits of the length */
if (DataLen < 128)
ResponsePacket.Size[0] |= 0x01;
else
ResponsePacket.Size[1] = (DataLen >> 7);
/* Copy over the packet data from the source buffer to the response packet buffer */
memcpy(ResponsePacket.Data, Data, DataLen);
/* Determine the length of the frame which is to be used to calculate the CRC value */
uint8_t CRCLength = sizeof(ResponsePacket.FrameHeader);
/* UIH frames do not have the CRC calculated on the Size field in the response, all other frames do */
if ((Control & ~FRAME_POLL_FINAL) != RFCOMM_Frame_UIH)
CRCLength += sizeof(ResponsePacket.Size);
/* Calculate the frame checksum from the appropriate fields */
ResponsePacket.FCS = RFCOMM_GetFCSValue(&ResponsePacket, CRCLength);
/* Send the completed response packet to the sender */
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, sizeof(ResponsePacket), ACLChannel);
}
static uint8_t RFCOMM_GetFCSValue(const void* FrameStart,
uint8_t Length)
{
uint8_t FCS = 0xFF;
/* Calculate new Frame CRC value via the given data bytes and the CRC table */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Length; i++)
FCS = pgm_read_byte(&CRC8_Table[FCS ^ ((const uint8_t*)FrameStart)[i]]);
return ~FCS;
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDM(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< DM Received");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", FrameAddress->DLCI);
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDISC(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< DISC Received");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", FrameAddress->DLCI);
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetChannelData(FrameAddress->DLCI);
/* If the requested channel is currently open, destroy it */
if (RFCOMMChannel != NULL)
RFCOMMChannel->State = RFCOMM_Channel_Closed;
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> UA Sent");
RFCOMM_SendFrame(FrameAddress->DLCI, true, (RFCOMM_Frame_UA | FRAME_POLL_FINAL), 0, NULL, ACLChannel);
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessSABM(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< SABM Received");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", FrameAddress->DLCI);
if (FrameAddress->DLCI == RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> UA Sent");
/* Free channel found, or request was to the control channel - accept SABM by sending a UA frame */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(FrameAddress->DLCI, true, (RFCOMM_Frame_UA | FRAME_POLL_FINAL), 0, NULL, ACLChannel);
return;
}
/* Find the existing channel's entry in the channel table */
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetChannelData(FrameAddress->DLCI);
/* Existing entry not found, create a new entry for the channel */
if (RFCOMMChannel == NULL)
RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetFreeChannelEntry(FrameAddress->DLCI);
/* If space was found in the channel table for the new channel, ACK the request */
if (RFCOMMChannel != NULL)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> UA Sent");
/* Free channel found, or request was to the control channel - accept SABM by sending a UA frame */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(FrameAddress->DLCI, true, (RFCOMM_Frame_UA | FRAME_POLL_FINAL), 0, NULL, ACLChannel);
}
else
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> DM Sent");
/* No free channel in the multiplexer - decline the SABM by sending a DM frame */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(FrameAddress->DLCI, true, (RFCOMM_Frame_DM | FRAME_POLL_FINAL), 0, NULL, ACLChannel);
}
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessUA(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< UA Received");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", FrameAddress->DLCI);
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessUIH(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
const uint16_t FrameLength,
const uint8_t* FrameData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
if (FrameAddress->DLCI == RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI)
{
RFCOMM_ProcessControlCommand(FrameData, ACLChannel);
return;
}
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< UIH Received");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI 0x%02X", FrameAddress->DLCI);
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- Length 0x%02X", FrameLength);
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetChannelData(FrameAddress->DLCI);
if (RFCOMMChannel != NULL)
RFCOMM_DataReceived(RFCOMMChannel, FrameLength, FrameData);
}

@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for RFCOMM.c.
*/
#ifndef _RFCOMM_H_
#define _RFCOMM_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
#include "RFCOMMControl.h"
/* Macros: */
#define BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(l, s, ...) do { if (RFCOMM_DEBUG_LEVEL >= l) printf_P(PSTR("(RFCOMM) " s "\r\n"), ##__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define RFCOMM_DEBUG_LEVEL 0
#define FRAME_POLL_FINAL (1 << 4)
#define RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI 0
#define RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS 5
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the types of RFCOMM frames which can be exchanged on a Bluetooth channel. */
enum RFCOMM_Frame_Types_t
{
RFCOMM_Frame_DM = 0x0F, /**< Disconnected Mode Field */
RFCOMM_Frame_DISC = 0x43, /**< Disconnect Field */
RFCOMM_Frame_SABM = 0x2F, /**< Set Asynchronous Balance Mode Field */
RFCOMM_Frame_UA = 0x63, /**< Unnumbered Acknowledgement Field */
RFCOMM_Frame_UIH = 0xEF, /**< Unnumbered Information with Header check Field */
};
enum RFCOMM_Channel_States_t
{
RFCOMM_Channel_Closed = 0,
RFCOMM_Channel_Configure = 1,
RFCOMM_Channel_Open = 2,
};
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t DLCI;
uint8_t State;
uint8_t Priority;
uint16_t MTU;
uint8_t ConfigFlags;
struct
{
uint8_t Signals;
uint8_t BreakSignal;
} Remote;
struct
{
uint8_t Signals;
uint8_t BreakSignal;
} Local;
} RFCOMM_Channel_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern RFCOMM_Channel_t RFCOMM_Channels[RFCOMM_MAX_OPEN_CHANNELS];
/* Function Prototypes: */
void RFCOMM_Initialize(void);
void RFCOMM_ServiceChannels(Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
void RFCOMM_ProcessPacket(void* Data,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
void RFCOMM_SendChannelSignals(const RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
void RFCOMM_SendData(const uint16_t DataLen,
const uint8_t* Data,
const RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
void RFCOMM_ChannelOpened(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel);
void RFCOMM_DataReceived(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel,
uint16_t DataLen,
const uint8_t* Data);
void RFCOMM_ChannelSignalsReceived(RFCOMM_Channel_t* const RFCOMMChannel);
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMM_GetFreeChannelEntry(const uint8_t DLCI);
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMM_GetChannelData(const uint8_t DLCI);
uint16_t RFCOMM_GetVariableFieldValue(const uint8_t** BufferPos);
void RFCOMM_SendFrame(const uint8_t DLCI,
const bool CommandResponse,
const uint8_t Control,
const uint16_t DataLen,
const void* Data,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RFCOMM_C)
static uint8_t RFCOMM_GetFCSValue(const void* FrameStart,
uint8_t Length);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDM(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDISC(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessSABM(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessUA(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessUIH(const RFCOMM_Address_t* const FrameAddress,
const uint16_t FrameLength,
const uint8_t* FrameData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RFCOMM multiplexer control layer module. This module handles multiplexer
* channel commands to the control DLCI in the RFCOMM layer, to open, configure,
* test and close logical RFCOMM channels.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_RFCOMM_CONTROL_C
#include "RFCOMMControl.h"
void RFCOMM_ProcessControlCommand(const uint8_t* Command,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
const RFCOMM_Command_t* CommandHeader = (const RFCOMM_Command_t*)Command;
const uint8_t* CommandData = (const uint8_t*)Command + sizeof(RFCOMM_Command_t);
uint8_t CommandDataLen = RFCOMM_GetVariableFieldValue(&CommandData);
switch (CommandHeader->Command)
{
case RFCOMM_Control_Test:
RFCOMM_ProcessTestCommand(CommandHeader, CommandDataLen, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_FlowControlEnable:
RFCOMM_ProcessFCECommand(CommandHeader, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_FlowControlDisable:
RFCOMM_ProcessFCDCommand(CommandHeader, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_ModemStatus:
RFCOMM_ProcessMSCCommand(CommandHeader, CommandDataLen, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_RemotePortNegotiation:
RFCOMM_ProcessRPNCommand(CommandHeader, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_RemoteLineStatus:
RFCOMM_ProcessRLSCommand(CommandHeader, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
case RFCOMM_Control_DLCParameterNegotiation:
RFCOMM_ProcessDPNCommand(CommandHeader, CommandData, ACLChannel);
break;
default:
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< Unknown Command");
break;
}
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessTestCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t CommandDataLen,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
const uint8_t* Params = (const uint8_t*)CommandData;
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< TEST Command");
struct
{
RFCOMM_Command_t CommandHeader;
uint8_t Length;
uint8_t TestData[CommandDataLen];
} TestResponse;
/* Fill out the Test response data */
TestResponse.CommandHeader = (RFCOMM_Command_t){.Command = RFCOMM_Control_Test, .EA = true, .CR = false};
TestResponse.Length = (CommandDataLen << 1) | 0x01;
memcpy(TestResponse.TestData, Params, CommandDataLen);
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> TEST Response");
/* Send the PDN response to acknowledge the command */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI, false, RFCOMM_Frame_UIH, sizeof(TestResponse), &TestResponse, ACLChannel);
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessFCECommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< FCE Command");
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessFCDCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< FCD Command");
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessMSCCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t CommandDataLen,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
const RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t* Params = (const RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t*)CommandData;
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< MSC %s", (CommandHeader->CR) ? "Command" : "Response");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI: 0x%02X", Params->Channel.DLCI);
/* Ignore status flags sent to the control channel */
if (Params->Channel.DLCI == RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI)
return;
/* Retrieve existing channel configuration data, if already opened */
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetChannelData(Params->Channel.DLCI);
/* If the channel does not exist, abort */
if (RFCOMMChannel == NULL)
return;
/* Check if the MSC packet is a command or a response */
if (CommandHeader->CR)
{
/* Save the new channel signals to the channel state structure */
RFCOMMChannel->Remote.Signals = Params->Signals;
RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags |= RFCOMM_CONFIG_REMOTESIGNALS;
/* If the command contains the optional break signals field, store the value */
if (CommandDataLen == sizeof(RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t))
RFCOMMChannel->Remote.BreakSignal = Params->BreakSignal;
/* Notify the user application that the signals have been received */
RFCOMM_ChannelSignalsReceived(RFCOMMChannel);
struct
{
RFCOMM_Command_t CommandHeader;
uint8_t Length;
RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t Params;
} MSResponse;
/* Fill out the MS response data */
MSResponse.CommandHeader = (RFCOMM_Command_t){.Command = RFCOMM_Control_ModemStatus, .EA = true, .CR = false};
MSResponse.Length = (CommandDataLen << 1) | 0x01;
memcpy(&MSResponse.Params, Params, sizeof(RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t));
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> MSC Response");
/* Send the MSC response to acknowledge the command */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI, false, RFCOMM_Frame_UIH,
(sizeof(MSResponse) - sizeof(MSResponse.Params) + CommandDataLen), &MSResponse, ACLChannel);
}
else
{
/* Indicate that the remote device has acknowledged the sent signals */
RFCOMMChannel->ConfigFlags |= RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALS;
}
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessRPNCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< RPN Command");
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessRLSCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< RLS Command");
}
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDPNCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel)
{
const RFCOMM_DPN_Parameters_t* Params = (const RFCOMM_DPN_Parameters_t*)CommandData;
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, "<< DPN Command");
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- DLCI: 0x%02X", Params->DLCI);
/* Ignore parameter negotiations to the control channel */
if (Params->DLCI == RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI)
return;
/* Retrieve existing channel configuration data, if already opened */
RFCOMM_Channel_t* RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetChannelData(Params->DLCI);
/* Check if the channel has no corresponding entry - remote did not open it first */
if (RFCOMMChannel == NULL)
{
/* Create a new entry in the channel table for the new channel */
RFCOMMChannel = RFCOMM_GetFreeChannelEntry(Params->DLCI);
/* No free entry was found, discard the request */
if (RFCOMMChannel == NULL)
{
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(2, "-- No Free Channel");
return;
}
}
/* Save the new channel configuration */
RFCOMMChannel->State = RFCOMM_Channel_Configure;
RFCOMMChannel->Priority = Params->Priority;
RFCOMMChannel->MTU = Params->MaximumFrameSize;
struct
{
RFCOMM_Command_t CommandHeader;
uint8_t Length;
RFCOMM_DPN_Parameters_t Params;
} DPNResponse;
/* Fill out the DPN response data */
DPNResponse.CommandHeader = (RFCOMM_Command_t){.Command = RFCOMM_Control_DLCParameterNegotiation, .EA = true, .CR = false};
DPNResponse.Length = (sizeof(DPNResponse.Params) << 1) | 0x01;
memcpy(&DPNResponse.Params, Params, sizeof(RFCOMM_DPN_Parameters_t));
DPNResponse.Params.ConvergenceLayer = 0x00; // TODO: Enable credit based transaction support
BT_RFCOMM_DEBUG(1, ">> DPN Response");
/* Send the DPN response to acknowledge the command */
RFCOMM_SendFrame(RFCOMM_CONTROL_DLCI, false, RFCOMM_Frame_UIH, sizeof(DPNResponse), &DPNResponse, ACLChannel);
}

@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for RFCOMMControl.c.
*/
#ifndef _RFCOMM_CONTROL_H_
#define _RFCOMM_CONTROL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
#include "RFCOMM.h"
/* Macros: */
#define RFCOMM_SIGNAL_FC (1 << 1)
#define RFCOMM_SIGNAL_RTC (1 << 2)
#define RFCOMM_SIGNAL_RTR (1 << 3)
#define RFCOMM_SIGNAL_IC (1 << 6)
#define RFCOMM_SIGNAL_DV (1 << 7)
#define RFCOMM_CONFIG_REMOTESIGNALS (1 << 0)
#define RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALS (1 << 1)
#define RFCOMM_CONFIG_LOCALSIGNALSSENT (1 << 2)
#define RFCOMM_CONFIG_ABMMODESET (1 << 3)
/* Enums: */
enum RFCOMM_Control_Commands_t
{
RFCOMM_Control_Test = (0x20 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_FlowControlEnable = (0xA0 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_FlowControlDisable = (0x60 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_ModemStatus = (0xE0 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_RemotePortNegotiation = (0x90 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_RemoteLineStatus = (0x50 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_DLCParameterNegotiation = (0x80 >> 2),
RFCOMM_Control_NonSupportedCommand = (0x10 >> 2),
};
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
{
unsigned EA : 1;
unsigned CR : 1;
unsigned DLCI : 6;
} RFCOMM_Address_t;
typedef struct
{
RFCOMM_Address_t Address;
uint8_t Control;
} RFCOMM_Header_t;
typedef struct
{
unsigned EA : 1;
unsigned CR : 1;
unsigned Command : 6;
} RFCOMM_Command_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t DLCI;
unsigned FrameType : 4;
unsigned ConvergenceLayer : 4;
uint8_t Priority;
uint8_t ACKTimerTicks;
uint16_t MaximumFrameSize;
uint8_t MaxRetransmissions;
uint8_t RecoveryWindowSize;
} RFCOMM_DPN_Parameters_t;
typedef struct
{
RFCOMM_Address_t Channel;
uint8_t Signals;
uint8_t BreakSignal;
} RFCOMM_MSC_Parameters_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void RFCOMM_ProcessControlCommand(const uint8_t* Command,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RFCOMM_CONTROL_C)
static void RFCOMM_ProcessTestCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t CommandDataLen,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessFCECommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessFCDCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessMSCCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t CommandDataLen,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessRPNCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessRLSCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
static void RFCOMM_ProcessDPNCommand(const RFCOMM_Command_t* const CommandHeader,
const uint8_t* CommandData,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const ACLChannel);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,716 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SDP layer module. This module implements a simple Service Discovery
* Protocol server, which can broadcast the device's supported services
* to other Bluetooth devices upon request, so that they can determine
* what services are available.
*/
/*
TODO: Honor remote device's buffer size constraints via continuation state
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SERVICEDISCOVERYPROTOCOL_C
#include "SDP.h"
/** Service attribute table list, containing a pointer to each service attribute table the device contains */
const ServiceAttributeTable_t* SDP_Services_Table[] PROGMEM =
{
SerialPort_Attribute_Table,
};
/** Base UUID value common to all standardized Bluetooth services */
const UUID_t BaseUUID PROGMEM = {0x00000000, BASE_80BIT_UUID};
/** Main Service Discovery Protocol packet processing routine. This function processes incoming SDP packets from
* a connected Bluetooth device, and sends back appropriate responses to allow other devices to determine the
* services the local device exposes.
*
* \param[in] Data Incoming packet data containing the SDP request
* \param[in] Channel ACL channel the request was issued to by the remote device
*/
void SDP_ProcessPacket(void* Data, Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel)
{
SDP_PDUHeader_t* SDPHeader = (SDP_PDUHeader_t*)Data;
SDPHeader->ParameterLength = SwapEndian_16(SDPHeader->ParameterLength);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, "SDP Packet Received");
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- PDU ID: 0x%02X", SDPHeader->PDU);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Param Length: 0x%04X", SDPHeader->ParameterLength);
/* Dispatch to the correct processing routine for the given SDP packet type */
switch (SDPHeader->PDU)
{
case SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHREQUEST:
SDP_ProcessServiceSearch(SDPHeader, Channel);
break;
case SDP_PDU_SERVICEATTRIBUTEREQUEST:
SDP_ProcessServiceAttribute(SDPHeader, Channel);
break;
case SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHATTRIBUTEREQUEST:
SDP_ProcessServiceSearchAttribute(SDPHeader, Channel);
break;
}
}
/** Internal processing routine for SDP Service Search Requests.
*
* \param[in] SDPHeader Pointer to the start of the issued SDP request
* \param[in] Channel Pointer to the Bluetooth channel structure the request was issued to
*/
static void SDP_ProcessServiceSearch(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel)
{
const void* CurrentParameter = ((const void*)SDPHeader + sizeof(SDP_PDUHeader_t));
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, "<< Service Search");
/* Retrieve the list of search UUIDs from the request */
uint8_t UUIDList[12][UUID_SIZE_BYTES];
uint8_t TotalUUIDs = SDP_GetUUIDList(UUIDList, &CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total UUIDs: %d", TotalUUIDs);
/* Retrieve the maximum service record response count from the request */
uint16_t MaxServiceRecordCount = SDP_ReadData16(&CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Max Return Service Count: 0x%04X", MaxServiceRecordCount);
struct
{
SDP_PDUHeader_t SDPHeader;
uint16_t TotalServiceRecordCount;
uint16_t CurrentServiceRecordCount;
uint8_t ResponseData[100];
} ResponsePacket;
uint8_t AddedServiceHandles = 0;
/* Create a pointer to the buffer to indicate the current location for response data to be added */
void* CurrResponsePos = ResponsePacket.ResponseData;
/* Search through the global service list an item at a time */
for (uint8_t CurrTableItem = 0; CurrTableItem < (sizeof(SDP_Services_Table) / sizeof(void*)); CurrTableItem++)
{
/* Read in a pointer to the current UUID table entry's Attribute table */
ServiceAttributeTable_t* CurrAttributeTable = pgm_read_ptr(&SDP_Services_Table[CurrTableItem]);
if (!(SDP_SearchServiceTable(UUIDList, TotalUUIDs, CurrAttributeTable)))
continue;
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, " -- Found search match in table");
/* Retrieve a PROGMEM pointer to the value of the service's record handle */
const void* AttributeValue = SDP_GetAttributeValue(CurrAttributeTable, SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICERECORDHANDLE);
/* Copy over the service record handle to the response list */
uint8_t AttrHeaderSize;
uint8_t AttrSize = SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(AttributeValue, &AttrHeaderSize);
memcpy_P(CurrResponsePos, AttributeValue + AttrHeaderSize, AttrSize);
CurrResponsePos += AttrHeaderSize + AttrSize;
AddedServiceHandles++;
}
/* Continuation state - always zero */
SDP_WriteData8(&CurrResponsePos, 0);
/* Fill out the service record count values in the returned packet */
ResponsePacket.TotalServiceRecordCount = SwapEndian_16(AddedServiceHandles);
ResponsePacket.CurrentServiceRecordCount = ResponsePacket.TotalServiceRecordCount;
/* Calculate the total parameter length that is to be sent, including the fixed return parameters, the created service
handle list and the SDP continuation state */
uint16_t ParamLength = (ResponsePacket.CurrentServiceRecordCount << 2) +
sizeof(ResponsePacket.CurrentServiceRecordCount) +
sizeof(ResponsePacket.TotalServiceRecordCount) +
sizeof(uint8_t);
/* Fill in the response packet's header */
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.PDU = SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHRESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.TransactionID = SDPHeader->TransactionID;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.ParameterLength = SwapEndian_16(ParamLength);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, ">> Service Search Response");
/* Send the completed response packet to the sender */
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, (sizeof(ResponsePacket.SDPHeader) + ParamLength), Channel);
}
/** Internal processing routine for SDP Service Attribute Requests.
*
* \param[in] SDPHeader Pointer to the start of the issued SDP request
* \param[in] Channel Pointer to the Bluetooth channel structure the request was issued to
*/
static void SDP_ProcessServiceAttribute(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel)
{
const void* CurrentParameter = ((const void*)SDPHeader + sizeof(SDP_PDUHeader_t));
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, "<< Service Attribute");
/* Retrieve the service handle whose attributes are to be examined */
uint32_t ServiceHandle = SDP_ReadData32(&CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Service Handle: 0x%08lX", ServiceHandle);
/* Retrieve the maximum Attribute response size from the request */
uint16_t MaxAttributeSize = SDP_ReadData16(&CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Max Return Attribute Bytes: 0x%04X", MaxAttributeSize);
/* Retrieve the list of Attributes from the request */
uint16_t AttributeList[8][2];
uint8_t TotalAttributes = SDP_GetAttributeList(AttributeList, &CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total Attributes: %d", TotalAttributes);
struct
{
SDP_PDUHeader_t SDPHeader;
uint16_t AttributeListByteCount;
uint8_t ResponseData[100];
} ResponsePacket;
/* Create a pointer to the buffer to indicate the current location for response data to be added */
void* CurrResponsePos = ResponsePacket.ResponseData;
/* Clamp the maximum attribute size to the size of the allocated buffer */
if (MaxAttributeSize > sizeof(ResponsePacket.ResponseData))
MaxAttributeSize = sizeof(ResponsePacket.ResponseData);
uint16_t TotalResponseSize = 0;
/* Search through the global UUID list an item at a time */
for (uint8_t CurrTableItem = 0; CurrTableItem < (sizeof(SDP_Services_Table) / sizeof(void*)); CurrTableItem++)
{
/* Read in a pointer to the current UUID table entry's Attribute table */
ServiceAttributeTable_t* CurrAttributeTable = pgm_read_ptr(&SDP_Services_Table[CurrTableItem]);
/* Retrieve a PROGMEM pointer to the value of the Service Record Handle */
const void* ServiceRecord = SDP_GetAttributeValue(CurrAttributeTable, SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICERECORDHANDLE);
/* Get the size of the header for the Service Record Handle */
uint8_t AttrHeaderSize;
SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(ServiceRecord, &AttrHeaderSize);
/* Retrieve the endian-swapped service handle of the current service being examined */
uint32_t CurrServiceHandle = SwapEndian_32(pgm_read_dword(ServiceRecord + AttrHeaderSize));
/* Check if the current service in the service table has the requested service handle */
if (ServiceHandle == CurrServiceHandle)
{
/* Add the listed attributes for the found UUID to the response */
TotalResponseSize = SDP_AddListedAttributesToResponse(CurrAttributeTable, AttributeList, TotalAttributes,
&CurrResponsePos);
/* Requested service found, abort the search through the service table */
break;
}
}
/* Continuation state - always zero */
SDP_WriteData8(&CurrResponsePos, 0);
/* Set the total response list size to the size of the outer container plus its header size and continuation state */
ResponsePacket.AttributeListByteCount = SwapEndian_16(TotalResponseSize);
/* Calculate the total parameter length that is to be sent, including the fixed return parameters, the created attribute
value list and the SDP continuation state */
uint16_t ParamLength = (sizeof(ResponsePacket.AttributeListByteCount) + TotalResponseSize + sizeof(uint8_t));
/* Fill in the response packet's header */
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.PDU = SDP_PDU_SERVICEATTRIBUTERESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.TransactionID = SDPHeader->TransactionID;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.ParameterLength = SwapEndian_16(ParamLength);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, ">> Service Attribute Response");
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Param Len 0x%04X", ParamLength);
/* Send the completed response packet to the sender */
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, (sizeof(ResponsePacket.SDPHeader) + ParamLength), Channel);
}
/** Internal processing routine for SDP Service Search Attribute Requests.
*
* \param[in] SDPHeader Pointer to the start of the issued SDP request
* \param[in] Channel Pointer to the Bluetooth channel structure the request was issued to
*/
static void SDP_ProcessServiceSearchAttribute(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel)
{
const void* CurrentParameter = ((const void*)SDPHeader + sizeof(SDP_PDUHeader_t));
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, "<< Service Search Attribute");
/* Retrieve the list of search UUIDs from the request */
uint8_t UUIDList[12][UUID_SIZE_BYTES];
uint8_t TotalUUIDs = SDP_GetUUIDList(UUIDList, &CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total UUIDs: %d", TotalUUIDs);
/* Retrieve the maximum Attribute response size from the request */
uint16_t MaxAttributeSize = SDP_ReadData16(&CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Max Return Attribute Bytes: 0x%04X", MaxAttributeSize);
/* Retrieve the list of Attributes from the request */
uint16_t AttributeList[8][2];
uint8_t TotalAttributes = SDP_GetAttributeList(AttributeList, &CurrentParameter);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total Attributes: %d", TotalAttributes);
struct
{
SDP_PDUHeader_t SDPHeader;
uint16_t AttributeListByteCount;
uint8_t ResponseData[100];
} ResponsePacket;
/* Create a pointer to the buffer to indicate the current location for response data to be added */
void* CurrResponsePos = ResponsePacket.ResponseData;
/* Clamp the maximum attribute size to the size of the allocated buffer */
if (MaxAttributeSize > sizeof(ResponsePacket.ResponseData))
MaxAttributeSize = sizeof(ResponsePacket.ResponseData);
/* Add the outer Data Element Sequence header for all of the retrieved Attributes */
uint16_t* TotalResponseSize = SDP_AddSequence16(&CurrResponsePos);
/* Search through the global service list an item at a time */
for (uint8_t CurrTableItem = 0; CurrTableItem < (sizeof(SDP_Services_Table) / sizeof(void*)); CurrTableItem++)
{
/* Read in a pointer to the current UUID table entry's Attribute table */
ServiceAttributeTable_t* CurrAttributeTable = pgm_read_ptr(&SDP_Services_Table[CurrTableItem]);
if (!(SDP_SearchServiceTable(UUIDList, TotalUUIDs, CurrAttributeTable)))
continue;
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, " -- Found search match in table");
/* Add the listed attributes for the found UUID to the response */
*TotalResponseSize += SDP_AddListedAttributesToResponse(CurrAttributeTable, AttributeList, TotalAttributes,
&CurrResponsePos);
}
/* Continuation state - always zero */
SDP_WriteData8(&CurrResponsePos, 0);
/* Set the total response list size to the size of the outer container plus its header size and continuation state */
ResponsePacket.AttributeListByteCount = SwapEndian_16(3 + *TotalResponseSize);
/* Calculate the total parameter length that is to be sent, including the fixed return parameters, the created attribute
value list and the SDP continuation state */
uint16_t ParamLength = (sizeof(ResponsePacket.AttributeListByteCount) +
(3 + *TotalResponseSize) +
sizeof(uint8_t));
/* Flip the endianness of the container's size */
*TotalResponseSize = SwapEndian_16(*TotalResponseSize);
/* Fill in the response packet's header */
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.PDU = SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHATTRIBUTERESPONSE;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.TransactionID = SDPHeader->TransactionID;
ResponsePacket.SDPHeader.ParameterLength = SwapEndian_16(ParamLength);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(1, ">> Service Search Attribute Response");
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Param Len 0x%04X", ParamLength);
/* Send the completed response packet to the sender */
Bluetooth_SendPacket(&ResponsePacket, (sizeof(ResponsePacket.SDPHeader) + ParamLength), Channel);
}
/** Adds all the Attributes in the given service table to the response that appear in the Attribute table.
*
* \param[in] AttributeTable Pointer to an Attribute table for the service to examine
* \param[in] AttributeList Pointer to a list of Attribute ranges
* \param[in] TotalAttributes Number of Attributes stored in the Attribute list
* \param[out] BufferPos Pointer to the output buffer position where the retrieved attributes are to be stored
*
* \return Number of bytes added to the output buffer
*/
static uint16_t SDP_AddListedAttributesToResponse(const ServiceAttributeTable_t* AttributeTable,
uint16_t AttributeList[][2],
const uint8_t TotalAttributes,
void** const BufferPos)
{
uint16_t TotalResponseSize;
/* Add an inner Data Element Sequence header for the current services's found Attributes */
uint16_t* AttributeListSize = SDP_AddSequence16(BufferPos);
/* Search through the list of Attributes one at a time looking for values in the current UUID's Attribute table */
for (uint8_t CurrAttribute = 0; CurrAttribute < TotalAttributes; CurrAttribute++)
{
uint16_t* AttributeIDRange = AttributeList[CurrAttribute];
void* AttributeValue;
/* Look through the current service's attribute list, examining all the attributes */
while ((AttributeValue = pgm_read_ptr(&AttributeTable->Data)) != NULL)
{
/* Get the current Attribute's ID from the current attribute table entry */
uint16_t CurrAttributeID = pgm_read_word(&AttributeTable->AttributeID);
/* Check if the current Attribute's ID is within the current Attribute range */
if ((CurrAttributeID >= AttributeIDRange[0]) && (CurrAttributeID <= AttributeIDRange[1]))
{
/* Increment the current UUID's returned Attribute container size by the number of added bytes */
*AttributeListSize += SDP_AddAttributeToResponse(CurrAttributeID, AttributeValue, BufferPos);
}
AttributeTable++;
}
}
/* Record the total number of added bytes to the buffer */
TotalResponseSize = 3 + *AttributeListSize;
/* Fix endianness of the added attribute data element sequence */
*AttributeListSize = SwapEndian_16(*AttributeListSize);
return TotalResponseSize;
}
/** Adds the given attribute ID and value to the response buffer, and advances the response buffer pointer past the added data.
*
* \param[in] AttributeID Attribute ID to add to the response buffer
* \param[in] AttributeValue Pointer to the start of the Attribute's value, located in PROGMEM
* \param[in, out] ResponseBuffer Pointer to a buffer where the Attribute and Attribute Value is to be added
*
* \return Number of bytes added to the response buffer
*/
static uint16_t SDP_AddAttributeToResponse(const uint16_t AttributeID,
const void* AttributeValue,
void** ResponseBuffer)
{
/* Retrieve the size of the attribute value from its container header */
uint8_t AttributeHeaderLength;
uint16_t AttributeValueLength = SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(AttributeValue, &AttributeHeaderLength);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, " -- Add Attribute (0x%04X) 0x%04X", (AttributeHeaderLength + AttributeValueLength), AttributeID);
/* Add a Data Element header to the response for the Attribute ID */
SDP_WriteData8(ResponseBuffer, (SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit));
/* Add the Attribute ID to the created Data Element */
SDP_WriteData16(ResponseBuffer, AttributeID);
/* Copy over the Attribute value Data Element container to the response */
memcpy_P(*ResponseBuffer, AttributeValue, AttributeHeaderLength + AttributeValueLength);
*ResponseBuffer += AttributeHeaderLength + AttributeValueLength;
return (sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(uint16_t) + AttributeHeaderLength + AttributeValueLength);
}
/** Retrieves a pointer to the value of the given Attribute ID from the given Attribute table.
*
* \param[in] AttributeTable Pointer to the Attribute table to search in
* \param[in] AttributeID Attribute ID to search for within the table
*
* \return Pointer to the start of the Attribute's value if found within the table, NULL otherwise
*/
static void* SDP_GetAttributeValue(const ServiceAttributeTable_t* AttributeTable,
const uint16_t AttributeID)
{
void* CurrTableItemData;
/* Search through the current Attribute table, abort when the terminator item has been reached */
while ((CurrTableItemData = pgm_read_ptr(&AttributeTable->Data)) != NULL)
{
/* Check if the current Attribute ID matches the search ID - if so return a pointer to it */
if (pgm_read_word(&AttributeTable->AttributeID) == AttributeID)
return CurrTableItemData;
AttributeTable++;
}
return NULL;
}
/** Retrieves the Attribute table for the given UUID list if it exists.
*
* \param[in] UUIDList List of UUIDs which must be matched within the service attribute table
* \param[in] TotalUUIDs Total number of UUIDs stored in the UUID list
* \param[in] CurrAttributeTable Pointer to the service attribute table to search through
*
* \return True if all the UUIDs given in the UUID list appear in the given attribute table, false otherwise
*/
static bool SDP_SearchServiceTable(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const uint8_t TotalUUIDs,
const ServiceAttributeTable_t* CurrAttributeTable)
{
const void* CurrAttribute;
uint16_t UUIDMatchFlags = 0;
/* Search through the current attribute table, checking each attribute value for UUID matches */
while ((CurrAttribute = pgm_read_ptr(&CurrAttributeTable->Data)) != NULL)
{
SDP_CheckUUIDMatch(UUIDList, TotalUUIDs, &UUIDMatchFlags, CurrAttribute);
CurrAttributeTable++;
}
/* Determine how many UUID matches in the list we have found */
uint8_t UUIDMatches;
for (UUIDMatches = 0; UUIDMatchFlags; UUIDMatches++)
UUIDMatchFlags &= (UUIDMatchFlags - 1);
/* If all UUIDs have been matched to the current service, return true */
return (UUIDMatches == TotalUUIDs);
}
/** Recursively unwraps the given locally stored attribute (in PROGMEM space), searching for UUIDs to match against
* the given UUID list. As matches are found, they are indicated in the UUIDMatch flag list.
*
* \param[in] UUIDList List of UUIDs which must be matched within the service attribute table
* \param[in] TotalUUIDs Total number of UUIDs stored in the UUID list
* \param[in, out] UUIDMatchFlags Array of flags indicating which UUIDs in the list have already been matched
* \param[in] CurrAttribute Pointer to the current attribute to search through
*
* \return True if all the UUIDs given in the UUID list appear in the given attribute table, false otherwise
*/
static void SDP_CheckUUIDMatch(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const uint8_t TotalUUIDs,
uint16_t* const UUIDMatchFlags,
const void* CurrAttribute)
{
uint8_t CurrAttributeType = (pgm_read_byte(CurrAttribute) & ~0x07);
/* Check the data type of the current attribute value - if UUID, compare, if Sequence, unwrap and recurse */
if (CurrAttributeType == SDP_DATATYPE_UUID)
{
uint16_t CurrUUIDMatchMask = (1 << 0);
/* Look for matches in the UUID list against the current attribute UUID value */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < TotalUUIDs; i++)
{
/* Check if the current unmatched UUID is identical to the search UUID */
if (!(*UUIDMatchFlags & CurrUUIDMatchMask) && !(memcmp_P(UUIDList[i], (CurrAttribute + 1), UUID_SIZE_BYTES)))
{
/* Indicate match found for the current attribute UUID and early-abort */
*UUIDMatchFlags |= CurrUUIDMatchMask;
break;
}
CurrUUIDMatchMask <<= 1;
}
}
else if (CurrAttributeType == SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence)
{
uint8_t SequenceHeaderSize;
uint16_t SequenceSize = SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(CurrAttribute, &SequenceHeaderSize);
CurrAttribute += SequenceHeaderSize;
/* Recursively unwrap the sequence container, and re-search its contents for UUIDs */
while (SequenceSize)
{
uint8_t InnerHeaderSize;
uint16_t InnerSize = SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(CurrAttribute, &InnerHeaderSize);
/* Recursively search of the next element in the sequence, trying to match UUIDs with the UUID list */
SDP_CheckUUIDMatch(UUIDList, TotalUUIDs, UUIDMatchFlags, CurrAttribute);
/* Skip to the next element in the sequence */
SequenceSize -= InnerHeaderSize + InnerSize;
CurrAttribute += InnerHeaderSize + InnerSize;
}
}
}
/** Reads in the collection of Attribute ranges from the input buffer's Data Element Sequence container, into the given
* Attribute list for later use. Once complete, the input buffer pointer is advanced to the end of the Attribute container.
*
* \param[out] AttributeList Pointer to a buffer where the list of Attribute ranges are to be stored
* \param[in] CurrentParameter Pointer to a Buffer containing a Data Element Sequence of Attribute and Attribute Range elements
*
* \return Total number of Attribute ranges stored in the Data Element Sequence
*/
static uint8_t SDP_GetAttributeList(uint16_t AttributeList[][2],
const void** const CurrentParameter)
{
uint8_t ElementHeaderSize;
uint8_t TotalAttributes = 0;
/* Retrieve the total size of the Attribute container, and unwrap the outer Data Element Sequence container */
uint16_t AttributeIDListLength = SDP_GetDataElementSize(CurrentParameter, &ElementHeaderSize);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total Attribute Length: 0x%04X", AttributeIDListLength);
while (AttributeIDListLength)
{
/* Retrieve the size of the next Attribute in the container and get a pointer to the next free Attribute element in the list */
uint16_t* CurrentAttributeRange = AttributeList[TotalAttributes++];
uint8_t AttributeLength = SDP_GetDataElementSize(CurrentParameter, &ElementHeaderSize);
/* Copy over the starting Attribute ID and (if it the current element is a range) the ending Attribute ID */
memcpy(&CurrentAttributeRange[0], *CurrentParameter, AttributeLength);
/* If the element is not an Attribute Range, copy over the starting ID to the ending ID to make a range of 1 */
if (AttributeLength == 2)
CurrentAttributeRange[1] = CurrentAttributeRange[0];
/* Swap the endianness of the attribute range values */
CurrentAttributeRange[0] = SwapEndian_16(CurrentAttributeRange[0]);
CurrentAttributeRange[1] = SwapEndian_16(CurrentAttributeRange[1]);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Attribute: 0x%04X-0x%04X", CurrentAttributeRange[0], CurrentAttributeRange[1]);
AttributeIDListLength -= (AttributeLength + ElementHeaderSize);
*CurrentParameter += AttributeLength;
}
return TotalAttributes;
}
/** Reads in the collection of UUIDs from the input buffer's Data Element Sequence container, into the given
* UUID list for later use. Once complete, the input buffer pointer is advanced to the end of the UUID container.
*
* \param[out] UUIDList Pointer to a buffer where the list of UUIDs are to be stored
* \param[in] CurrentParameter Pointer to a Buffer containing a Data Element Sequence of UUID elements
*
* \return Total number of UUIDs stored in the Data Element Sequence
*/
static uint8_t SDP_GetUUIDList(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const void** const CurrentParameter)
{
uint8_t ElementHeaderSize;
uint8_t TotalUUIDs = 0;
/* Retrieve the total size of the UUID container, and unwrap the outer Data Element Sequence container */
uint16_t ServicePatternLength = SDP_GetDataElementSize(CurrentParameter, &ElementHeaderSize);
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- Total UUID Length: 0x%04X", ServicePatternLength);
while (ServicePatternLength)
{
/* Retrieve the size of the next UUID in the container and get a pointer to the next free UUID element in the list */
uint8_t* CurrentUUID = UUIDList[TotalUUIDs++];
uint8_t UUIDLength = SDP_GetDataElementSize(CurrentParameter, &ElementHeaderSize);
/* Copy over UUID from the container to the free slot */
if (UUIDLength <= 4)
{
/* Copy over the base UUID value to the free UUID slot in the list */
memcpy_P(CurrentUUID, &BaseUUID, sizeof(BaseUUID));
/* Copy over short UUID */
memcpy(CurrentUUID + (4 - UUIDLength), *CurrentParameter, UUIDLength);
}
else
{
/* Copy over full UUID */
memcpy(CurrentUUID, *CurrentParameter, UUIDLength);
}
BT_SDP_DEBUG(2, "-- UUID (%d): %02X%02X%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X",
UUIDLength,
CurrentUUID[0], CurrentUUID[1], CurrentUUID[2], CurrentUUID[3],
CurrentUUID[4], CurrentUUID[5],
CurrentUUID[6], CurrentUUID[7],
CurrentUUID[8], CurrentUUID[9],
CurrentUUID[10], CurrentUUID[11], CurrentUUID[12], CurrentUUID[13], CurrentUUID[14], CurrentUUID[15]);
ServicePatternLength -= (UUIDLength + ElementHeaderSize);
*CurrentParameter += UUIDLength;
}
return TotalUUIDs;
}
/** Retrieves the total size of the given locally stored (in PROGMEM) attribute Data Element container.
*
* \param[in] AttributeData Pointer to the start of the Attribute container, located in PROGMEM
* \param[out] HeaderSize Pointer to a location where the header size of the data element is to be stored
*
* \return Size in bytes of the entire attribute container, including the header
*/
static uint32_t SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(const void* const AttributeData,
uint8_t* const HeaderSize)
{
/* Fetch the size of the Data Element structure from the header */
uint8_t SizeIndex = (pgm_read_byte(AttributeData) & 0x07);
uint32_t ElementValueSize;
/* Convert the Data Element size index into a size in bytes */
switch (SizeIndex)
{
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit:
*HeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint8_t));
ElementValueSize = pgm_read_byte(AttributeData + 1);
break;
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable16Bit:
*HeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint16_t));
ElementValueSize = SwapEndian_16(pgm_read_word(AttributeData + 1));
break;
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable32Bit:
*HeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint32_t));
ElementValueSize = SwapEndian_32(pgm_read_dword(AttributeData + 1));
break;
default:
*HeaderSize = 1;
ElementValueSize = (1 << SizeIndex);
break;
}
return ElementValueSize;
}
/** Retrieves the size of a Data Element container from the current input buffer, and advances the input buffer
* pointer to the start of the Data Element's contents.
*
* \param[in, out] DataElementHeader Pointer to the start of a Data Element header
* \param[out] ElementHeaderSize Size in bytes of the header that was skipped
*
* \return Size in bytes of the Data Element container's contents, minus the header
*/
static uint32_t SDP_GetDataElementSize(const void** const DataElementHeader,
uint8_t* const ElementHeaderSize)
{
/* Fetch the size of the Data Element structure from the header, increment the current buffer pos */
uint8_t SizeIndex = (SDP_ReadData8(DataElementHeader) & 0x07);
uint32_t ElementValueSize;
/* Convert the Data Element size index into a size in bytes */
switch (SizeIndex)
{
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit:
*ElementHeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint8_t));
ElementValueSize = SDP_ReadData8(DataElementHeader);
break;
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable16Bit:
*ElementHeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint16_t));
ElementValueSize = SDP_ReadData16(DataElementHeader);
break;
case SDP_DATASIZE_Variable32Bit:
*ElementHeaderSize = (1 + sizeof(uint32_t));
ElementValueSize = SDP_ReadData32(DataElementHeader);
break;
default:
*ElementHeaderSize = 1;
ElementValueSize = (1 << SizeIndex);
break;
}
return ElementValueSize;
}

@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ServiceDiscoveryProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _SERVICEDISCOVERYPROTOCOL_H_
#define _SERVICEDISCOVERYPROTOCOL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include "BluetoothStack.h"
#include "SDPServices.h"
/* Macros: */
#define BT_SDP_DEBUG(l, s, ...) do { if (SDP_DEBUG_LEVEL >= l) printf_P(PSTR("(SDP) " s "\r\n"), ##__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define SDP_DEBUG_LEVEL 0
#define SDP_PDU_ERRORRESPONSE 0x01
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHREQUEST 0x02
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHRESPONSE 0x03
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICEATTRIBUTEREQUEST 0x04
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICEATTRIBUTERESPONSE 0x05
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHATTRIBUTEREQUEST 0x06
#define SDP_PDU_SERVICESEARCHATTRIBUTERESPONSE 0x07
/* Enums: */
/** Data sizes for SDP Data Element headers, to indicate the size of the data contained in the element. When creating
* a Data Element, a value from this enum should be ORed with a value from the \ref ServiceDiscovery_DataTypes_t enum.
*/
enum ServiceDiscovery_DataSizes_t
{
SDP_DATASIZE_8Bit = 0, /**< Contained data is 8 bits in length. */
SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit = 1, /**< Contained data is 16 bits in length. */
SDP_DATASIZE_32Bit = 2, /**< Contained data is 32 bits in length. */
SDP_DATASIZE_64Bit = 3, /**< Contained data is 64 bits in length. */
SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit = 4, /**< Contained data is 128 bits in length. */
SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit = 5, /**< Contained data is encoded in an 8 bit size integer following the header. */
SDP_DATASIZE_Variable16Bit = 6, /**< Contained data is encoded in an 16 bit size integer following the header. */
SDP_DATASIZE_Variable32Bit = 7, /**< Contained data is encoded in an 32 bit size integer following the header. */
};
/** Data types for SDP Data Element headers, to indicate the type of data contained in the element. When creating
* a Data Element, a value from this enum should be ORed with a value from the \ref ServiceDiscovery_DataSizes_t enum.
*/
enum ServiceDiscovery_DataTypes_t
{
SDP_DATATYPE_Nill = (0 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a Nill (null) type. */
SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt = (1 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is an unsigned integer. */
SDP_DATATYPE_SignedInt = (2 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a signed integer. */
SDP_DATATYPE_UUID = (3 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a UUID. */
SDP_DATATYPE_String = (4 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is an ASCII string. */
SDP_DATATYPE_Boolean = (5 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a logical boolean. */
SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence = (6 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a sequence of containers. */
SDP_DATATYPE_Alternative = (7 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a sequence of alternative containers. */
SDP_DATATYPE_URL = (8 << 3), /**< Indicates the container data is a URL. */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Header for all SPD transaction packets. This header is sent at the start of all SDP packets sent to or from a SDP
* server.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t PDU; /**< SDP packet type, a \c SDP_PDU_* mask value */
uint16_t TransactionID; /**< Unique transaction ID number to associate requests and responses */
uint16_t ParameterLength; /**< Length of the data following the SDP header */
} SDP_PDUHeader_t;
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Writes 8 bits of raw data to the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be written to
* \param[in] Data Data to write to the buffer
*/
static inline void SDP_WriteData8(void** BufferPos,
const uint8_t Data)
{
*((uint8_t*)*BufferPos) = Data;
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint8_t);
}
/** Writes 16 bits of raw data to the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be written to
* \param[in] Data Data to write to the buffer
*/
static inline void SDP_WriteData16(void** BufferPos,
const uint16_t Data)
{
*((uint16_t*)*BufferPos) = SwapEndian_16(Data);
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint16_t);
}
/** Writes 32 bits of raw data to the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be written to
* \param[in] Data Data to write to the buffer
*/
static inline void SDP_WriteData32(void** BufferPos,
const uint32_t Data)
{
*((uint32_t*)*BufferPos) = SwapEndian_32(Data);
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint32_t);
}
/** Reads 8 bits of raw data from the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be read from
*
* \return Data read from the buffer
*/
static inline uint8_t SDP_ReadData8(const void** BufferPos)
{
uint8_t Data = *((const uint8_t*)*BufferPos);
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint8_t);
return Data;
}
/** Reads 16 bits of raw data from the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be read from
*
* \return Data read from the buffer
*/
static inline uint16_t SDP_ReadData16(const void** BufferPos)
{
uint16_t Data = SwapEndian_16(*((const uint16_t*)*BufferPos));
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint16_t);
return Data;
}
/** Reads 32 bits of raw data from the given buffer, incrementing the buffer position afterwards.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Current position in the buffer where the data is to be read from
*
* \return Data read from the buffer
*/
static inline uint32_t SDP_ReadData32(const void** BufferPos)
{
uint32_t Data = SwapEndian_32(*((const uint32_t*)*BufferPos));
*BufferPos += sizeof(uint32_t);
return Data;
}
/** Adds a new Data Element Sequence container with a 16-bit size header to the buffer. The buffer
* pointer's position is advanced past the added header once the element has been added. The returned
* size header value is pre-zeroed out so that it can be incremented as data is placed into the Data
* Element Sequence container.
*
* The total added size of the container header is three bytes, regardless of the size of its contents
* as long as the contents' size in bytes fits into a 16-bit integer.
*
* \param[in, out] BufferPos Pointer to a buffer where the container header is to be placed
*
* \return Pointer to the 16-bit size value of the container header, which has been pre-zeroed
*/
static inline uint16_t* SDP_AddSequence16(void** BufferPos)
{
SDP_WriteData8(BufferPos, (SDP_DATASIZE_Variable16Bit | SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence));
uint16_t* SizePos = *BufferPos;
SDP_WriteData16(BufferPos, 0);
return SizePos;
}
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SDP_ProcessPacket(void* Data,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SERVICEDISCOVERYPROTOCOL_C)
static void SDP_ProcessServiceSearch(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel);
static void SDP_ProcessServiceAttribute(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel);
static void SDP_ProcessServiceSearchAttribute(const SDP_PDUHeader_t* const SDPHeader,
Bluetooth_Channel_t* const Channel);
static uint16_t SDP_AddListedAttributesToResponse(const ServiceAttributeTable_t* AttributeTable,
uint16_t AttributeList[][2],
const uint8_t TotalAttributes,
void** const BufferPos);
static uint16_t SDP_AddAttributeToResponse(const uint16_t AttributeID,
const void* AttributeValue,
void** ResponseBuffer);
static void* SDP_GetAttributeValue(const ServiceAttributeTable_t* AttributeTable,
const uint16_t AttributeID);
static bool SDP_SearchServiceTable(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const uint8_t TotalUUIDs,
const ServiceAttributeTable_t* CurrAttributeTable);
static void SDP_CheckUUIDMatch(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const uint8_t TotalUUIDs,
uint16_t* const UUIDMatchFlags,
const void* CurrAttribute);
static uint8_t SDP_GetAttributeList(uint16_t AttributeList[][2],
const void** const CurrentParameter);
static uint8_t SDP_GetUUIDList(uint8_t UUIDList[][UUID_SIZE_BYTES],
const void** const CurrentParameter);
static uint32_t SDP_GetLocalAttributeContainerSize(const void* const AttributeData,
uint8_t* const HeaderSize);
static uint32_t SDP_GetDataElementSize(const void** const AttributeHeader,
uint8_t* const ElementHeaderSize);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SDP Service Attribute definitions. This file contains the attributes
* and attribute tables of all the services the device supports, which can
* then be retrieved by a connected Bluetooth device via the SDP server.
*/
#include "SDPServices.h"
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing the unique service handle of the Serial Port service
* within the device. This handle can then be requested by the SDP client in future transactions
* in lieu of a search UUID list.
*/
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint32_t Data;
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceHandle =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_32Bit),
SWAPENDIAN_32(0x00010001),
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing the implemented Service Class UUIDs of the Serial Port service
* within the device. This list indicates all the class UUIDs that apply to the Serial Port service, so that
* a SDP client can search by a generalized class rather than a specific UUID to determine supported services.
*/
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
ItemUUID_t UUIDList[];
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceClassIDs =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
(sizeof(ItemUUID_t) * 1),
{
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UUID | SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit), SP_CLASS_UUID},
},
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing the Protocols (and their attributes) of the Serial Port service
* within the device. This list indicates what protocols the service is layered on top of, as well as any
* configuration information for each layer.
*/
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
ItemProtocol_t L2CAP;
ItemProtocol_8BitParam_t RFCOMM;
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_ProtocolDescriptor =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
(sizeof(ItemProtocol_t) + sizeof(ItemProtocol_8BitParam_t)),
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
sizeof(ItemUUID_t),
{
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UUID | SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit), L2CAP_UUID},
},
},
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
(sizeof(ItemUUID_t) + sizeof(Item8Bit_t)),
{
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UUID | SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit), RFCOMM_UUID},
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_8Bit), 0x03},
},
},
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing the Browse Group List UUIDs which this service is a member of.
* Browse Group UUIDs give a way to group together services within a device in a simple hierarchy, so that
* a SDP client can progressively narrow down an general browse to a specific service which it requires.
*/
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
ItemUUID_t UUIDList[];
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_BrowseGroupList =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
(sizeof(ItemUUID_t) * 1),
{
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UUID | SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit), PUBLICBROWSEGROUP_CLASS_UUID},
},
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing the languages (and their encodings) supported
* by the Serial Port service in its text string attributes.
*/
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
ItemLangEncoding_t LanguageEncodings[];
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_LanguageBaseIDOffset =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
(sizeof(ItemLangEncoding_t) * 1),
{
{
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit), SWAPENDIAN_16(0x454E)},
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit), SWAPENDIAN_16(0x006A)},
{(SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit), SWAPENDIAN_16(0x0100)},
},
},
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing a human readable name of the service. */
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
char Text[];
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceName =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_String | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
sizeof("Wireless Serial Port") - 1,
"Wireless Serial Port",
};
/** Serial Port Profile attribute, listing a human readable description of the service. */
const struct
{
uint8_t Header;
uint8_t Size;
char Text[];
} PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceDescription =
{
(SDP_DATATYPE_String | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit),
sizeof("Wireless Serial Port Service") - 1,
"Wireless Serial Port Service",
};
/** Service Attribute Table for the Serial Port service, linking each supported attribute ID to its data, so that
* the SDP server can retrieve it for transmission back to a SDP client upon request.
*/
const ServiceAttributeTable_t PROGMEM SerialPort_Attribute_Table[] =
{
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICERECORDHANDLE, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceHandle },
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICECLASSIDS, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceClassIDs },
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_PROTOCOLDESCRIPTORLIST, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_ProtocolDescriptor },
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_BROWSEGROUPLIST, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_BrowseGroupList },
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_LANGUAGEBASEATTROFFSET, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_LanguageBaseIDOffset},
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICENAME, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceName },
{.AttributeID = SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICEDESCRIPTION, .Data = &SerialPort_Attribute_ServiceDescription },
SERVICE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE_TERMINATOR
};

@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SDPServices.c.
*/
#ifndef _SDPSERVICES_H_
#define _SDPSERVICES_H_
/* Includes: */
#include "SDP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Size of a full 128 bit UUID, in bytes. */
#define UUID_SIZE_BYTES 16
/** First 80 bits common to all standardized Bluetooth services. */
#define BASE_80BIT_UUID 0x0000, 0x0010, 0x0080, {0x00, 0x80, 0x5F, 0x9B, 0x34, 0xFB}
#define RFCOMM_UUID {SWAPENDIAN_32(0x00000003), BASE_80BIT_UUID}
#define L2CAP_UUID {SWAPENDIAN_32(0x00000100), BASE_80BIT_UUID}
#define SP_CLASS_UUID {SWAPENDIAN_32(0x00001101), BASE_80BIT_UUID}
#define PUBLICBROWSEGROUP_CLASS_UUID {SWAPENDIAN_32(0x00001002), BASE_80BIT_UUID}
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICERECORDHANDLE 0x0000
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICECLASSIDS 0x0001
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_PROTOCOLDESCRIPTORLIST 0x0004
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_BROWSEGROUPLIST 0x0005
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_LANGUAGEBASEATTROFFSET 0x0006
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICENAME 0x0100
#define SDP_ATTRIBUTE_ID_SERVICEDESCRIPTION 0x0101
/** Terminator for a service attribute table of type \ref ServiceAttributeTable_t. */
#define SERVICE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE_TERMINATOR {.Data = NULL}
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a UUID value structure. This struct can be used to hold full 128-bit UUIDs. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t A; /**< Bits 0-31 of the UUID. */
uint16_t B; /**< Bits 32-47 of the UUID. */
uint16_t C; /**< Bits 48-63 of the UUID. */
uint16_t D; /**< Bits 64-79 of the UUID. */
uint8_t E[6]; /**< Bits 80-127 of the UUID. */
} UUID_t;
/** Structure for the association of attribute ID values to an attribute value in FLASH. A table of these
* structures can then be built up for each supported UUID service within the device.
*
* \attention This table must be terminated with a \ref SERVICE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE_TERMINATOR element.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t AttributeID; /**< Attribute ID of the table element which the UUID service supports */
const void* Data; /**< Pointer to the attribute data, located in PROGMEM memory space */
} ServiceAttributeTable_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements containing 8-bit integers, for service attributes requiring such lists. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_8Bit) */
uint8_t Value; /**< Value to store in the list Data Element */
} Item8Bit_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements containing 16-bit integers, for service attributes requiring such lists. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_16Bit) */
uint16_t Value; /**< Value to store in the list Data Element */
} Item16Bit_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements containing 32-bit integers, for service attributes requiring such lists. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_UnsignedInt | SDP_DATASIZE_32Bit) */
uint32_t Value; /**< Value to store in the list Data Element */
} Item32Bit_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements containing UUIDs, for service attributes requiring UUID lists. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_UUID | SDP_DATASIZE_128Bit) */
UUID_t UUID; /**< UUID to store in the list Data Element */
} ItemUUID_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements Sequences containing UUID Data Elements, for service attributes requiring
* protocol lists.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit) */
uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the inner Data Element sequence */
struct
{
ItemUUID_t UUID; /**< UUID to store in the protocol list Data Element sequence */
} Protocol;
} ItemProtocol_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements Sequences containing UUID Data Elements and an 8-bit param value, for service
* attributes requiring extended protocol lists containing an 8-bit value.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit) */
uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the inner Data Element sequence */
struct
{
ItemUUID_t UUID; /**< UUID to store in the protocol list Data Element sequence */
Item8Bit_t Param; /**< 8-Bit Parameter associated with the service */
} Protocol;
} ItemProtocol_8BitParam_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements Sequences containing UUID Data Elements and an 16-bit param value, for service
* attributes requiring extended protocol lists containing an 16-bit value.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Header; /**< Data Element header, should be (SDP_DATATYPE_Sequence | SDP_DATASIZE_Variable8Bit) */
uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the inner Data Element sequence */
struct
{
ItemUUID_t UUID; /**< UUID to store in the protocol list Data Element sequence */
Item16Bit_t Channel; /**< 16-Bit Parameter associated with the service */
} Protocol;
} ItemProtocol_16BitParam_t;
/** Structure for a list of Data Elements containing language encodings, including the language ID, Encoding ID and
* Attribute base offset.
*/
typedef struct
{
Item16Bit_t LanguageID; /**< Language ID for the current language */
Item16Bit_t EncodingID; /**< Encoding used for the current language */
Item16Bit_t OffsetID; /**< Attribute offset added to all strings using this language within the service */
} ItemLangEncoding_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern const ServiceAttributeTable_t SerialPort_Attribute_Table[];
extern const ServiceAttributeTable_t PnP_Attribute_Table[];
#endif

@ -1,733 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
ARCH = AVR8
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
#
# This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
# F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
# software delays.
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = BluetoothHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
BluetoothEvents.c \
DeviceDescriptor.c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
Lib/BluetoothStack.c \
Lib/BluetoothHCICommands.c \
Lib/BluetoothACLPackets.c \
Lib/SDP.c \
Lib/SDPServices.c \
Lib/RFCOMM.c \
Lib/RFCOMMControl.c \
$(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
$(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=c99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list end
clean_list :
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
@if ( ( cat Doxygen.conf ; echo "HTML_STYLESHEET=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css" ) | doxygen - 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
exit 1; \
fi;
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
checksource:
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
else \
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
fi; done
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
clean_list clean_doxygen program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \
debug gdb-config checksource

@ -48,7 +48,6 @@
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,9 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS=0
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +167,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -74,6 +74,9 @@ void SetupHardware(void)
/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
@ -53,14 +52,9 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF

@ -63,14 +63,19 @@
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
* instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
#define USE_TEST_TONE
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -40,7 +40,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe address for the Audio data OUT pipe. */
#define AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 1)

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_TEST_TONE
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -39,7 +39,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
#include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,9 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=5000
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -48,7 +48,6 @@
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

@ -157,6 +157,10 @@
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ all:
# Update all Doxygen configuration files to the latest Doxygen version - force Markdown support to be disabled
upgrade-doxygen:
@echo Upgrading Doxygen.conf files...
@for doxygen_conf in `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name Doxygen.conf`; do \
doxygen -u $$doxygen_conf; \
@for doxygen_conf in `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name Doxygen.conf`; do \
doxygen -u $$doxygen_conf; \
sed "s/MARKDOWN_SUPPORT *= *YES/MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO/1" $$doxygen_conf > $$doxygen_conf.new; \
sed "s/DISABLE_INDEX *= *NO/DISABLE_INDEX = YES/1" $$doxygen_conf.new > $$doxygen_conf.new2; \
mv -u $$doxygen_conf.new2 $$doxygen_conf; \
rm $$doxygen_conf.new; \
sed "s/DISABLE_INDEX *= *NO/DISABLE_INDEX = YES/1" $$doxygen_conf.new > $$doxygen_conf.new2; \
mv -u $$doxygen_conf.new2 $$doxygen_conf; \
rm $$doxygen_conf.new; \
done;
@echo Doxygen configuration update complete.
@ -31,33 +31,39 @@ make-as4-projects:
@echo Creating AVR Studio 4 project files for Demos...
@for project_makefile in `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/Demos $(LUFA_ROOT)/Projects $(LUFA_ROOT)/Bootloaders -name makefile*`; do \
target_name=`grep "TARGET *=" $$project_makefile | cut -d'=' -f2 | sed 's/ //g'`; \
target_folder=`dirname $$project_makefile`; \
as4_date=`date "+%e-%b-%Y %H:%M:%S"`; \
\
if ( test -n "$$target_name" ); then \
echo Creating AS4 project for project $$target_name; \
\
source_files="<OTHERFILE>`basename $$project_makefile`<\/OTHERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files=""; \
for c_source_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.c`; do \
source_files="$$source_files<SOURCEFILE>`basename $$c_source_file`<\/SOURCEFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>`basename $$c_source_file`<\/Name>"; \
done; \
for c_header_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.h`; do \
source_files="$$source_files<HEADERFILE>`basename $$c_header_file`<\/HEADERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>`basename $$c_header_file`<\/Name>"; \
done; \
for assembly_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.S`; do \
source_files="$$source_files<OTHERFILE>`basename $$assembly_file`<\/OTHERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>`basename $$assembly_file`<\/Name>"; \
done; \
\
sed "s/%TARGET%/$$target_name/g" AS4Template.aps > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new; \
sed "s/%CREATED%/$$as4_date/g" $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2; \
sed "s/%FILE_LIST%/$$source_files/g" $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2 > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new3; \
target_folder=`dirname $$project_makefile`; \
as4_date=`date "+%e-%b-%Y %H:%M:%S"`; \
\
if ( test -n "$$target_name" ); then \
echo Creating AS4 project for project $$target_name; \
\
source_files="<OTHERFILE>`basename $$project_makefile`<\/OTHERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files=""; \
for c_source_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.c`; do \
source_filename=`basename $$c_source_file`; \
\
source_files="$$source_files<SOURCEFILE>$$source_filename<\/SOURCEFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>$$source_filename<\/Name>"; \
done; \
for c_header_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.h`; do \
source_filename=`basename $$c_header_file`; \
\
source_files="$$source_files<HEADERFILE>$$source_filename<\/HEADERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>$$source_filename<\/Name>"; \
done; \
for assembly_file in `find $$target_folder -name *.S`; do \
source_filename=`basename $$assembly_file`; \
\
source_files="$$source_files<OTHERFILE>$$source_filename<\/OTHERFILE>"; \
gcc_source_files="$$gcc_source_files<Name>$$source_filename<\/Name>"; \
done; \
\
sed "s/%TARGET%/$$target_name/g" AS4Template.aps > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new; \
sed "s/%CREATED%/$$as4_date/g" $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2; \
sed "s/%FILE_LIST%/$$source_files/g" $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2 > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new3; \
sed "s/%GCC_FILE_LIST%/$$gcc_source_files/g" $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new3 > $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new4; \
mv $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new4 $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps; \
rm $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2 $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new3; \
mv $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new4 $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps; \
rm $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new2 $$target_folder/$$target_name.aps.new3; \
fi; \
done;
@echo AVR Studio 4 project generation complete.
@ -66,12 +72,12 @@ make-as4-projects:
check-documentation-placeholders:
@echo Checking for release suitability...
@if ( grep "XXXXXX" $(LUFA_ROOT)/LUFA/DoxygenPages/*.txt > /dev/null ;); then \
echo " ERROR: Doxygen documentation has not been updated for release!"; \
exit 1; \
echo " ERROR: Doxygen documentation has not been updated for release!"; \
exit 1; \
fi;
@if ( grep "000000" $(LUFA_ROOT)/LUFA/Version.h > /dev/null ;); then \
echo " ERROR: Version header has not been updated for release!"; \
exit 1; \
@if ( grep "000000" $(LUFA_ROOT)/LUFA/Version.h > /dev/null ;); then \
echo " ERROR: Version header has not been updated for release!"; \
exit 1; \
fi;
@echo Done.

@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
@ -52,6 +51,7 @@
#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */

@ -214,60 +214,60 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
* to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply
* voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage
* to the ADC.
@ -275,14 +275,14 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will
* override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option.
* \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the
* ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be
* measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making
* the code compatible with software such as avrdude (all platforms) that use the libUSB driver.
*
@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to make the /RESET line of the AVR toggle between Jungo and libUSB driver compatibility modes. Each time the AVR is
* reset externally via the reset pin, the compatibility mode will be toggled. The compatibility mode is preserved between
* power cycles and is not toggled via other forms of reset such as Watchdog or Brown Out.
@ -311,19 +311,19 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming
* hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used,
* if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
* with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
* </tr>

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB
#define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB
#define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB
#define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
#define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 5
#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 1
// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
// #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
// #define LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT
// #define RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT
// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../V2ProtocolParams.h"
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "ISPProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -48,7 +48,8 @@
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -40,8 +40,6 @@
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
@ -49,7 +47,8 @@
#include "V2Protocol.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */
#define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -46,7 +46,8 @@
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#include "TINYNVM.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
/* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming

@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL

@ -120,32 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=16
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_PORT=PORTB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_PIN=PINB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_DDR=DDRB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_MASK="(1 << 4)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
LUFA_OPTS += -D ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL=2
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_REF_VOLTS=5
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR=1
#LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
#LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_VTARGET_DETECT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
#LUFA_OPTS += -D INVERTED_ISP_MISO
#LUFA_OPTS += -D FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR=0x11
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -197,7 +172,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>

@ -68,37 +68,37 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-ponging between toggles.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Period between flushings of received data buffer to the attached USB host.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT PORTD
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR DDRD
#define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
#define AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS 10
#define TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS 30
#define PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS 100
#define RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS 10
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)

@ -120,22 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS += -D AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT="PORTD"
LUFA_OPTS += -D AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR="DDRD"
LUFA_OPTS += -D AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK="(1 << 4)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS=10
LUFA_OPTS += -D TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS=30
LUFA_OPTS += -D PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS=100
LUFA_OPTS += -D RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS=10
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -180,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
.SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
.Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2063,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(00.01),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
.SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
.Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(26), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Standalone Programmer"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
const void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = &LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = &ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = &ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
#endif

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 5)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
// Mass Storage Interface
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
const uint8_t wIndex,
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t DiskDevice_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpoint =
{
.Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
.Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTEndpoint =
{
.Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
.Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.Banks = 1,
},
.TotalLUNs = 1,
},
};
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
bool ConfigSuccess = true;
ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
#endif

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskHost.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.DataINPipe =
{
.Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
.Banks = 1,
},
.DataOUTPipe =
{
.Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
.Banks = 1,
},
},
};
void DiskHost_USBTask(void)
{
MS_Host_USBTask(&DiskHost_MS_Interface);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DiskHost_MS_Interface,
ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&DiskHost_MS_Interface))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
return;
}
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
#endif

@ -1,536 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
* blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
* or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
* as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
* the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
* them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
* the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
* the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
* Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
* Dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
* \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks,
const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
* the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
* the files stored on the Dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
* \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
*(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
{
/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
#endif
/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
*
* \return Boolean true if all media chips are working, false otherwise
*/
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
{
uint8_t ReturnByte;
/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
return false;
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
return false;
#endif
return true;
}
#endif

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
#define DISK_READ_ONLY false
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks,
const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
#endif

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
Petit FatFs Module Source Files R0.02a (C)ChaN, 2010
FILES
pff.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and application module.
pff.c Petit FatFs module.
diskio.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and disk I/O module.
diskio.c Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.
integer.h Alternative type definitions for integer variables.
Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the Petit
FatFs module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any
specific storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that
written to control your storage device.
AGREEMENTS
Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
* The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
* No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
REVISION HISTORY
Jun 15, 2009 R0.01a First release (Branched from FatFs R0.07b)
Dec 14, 2009 R0.02 Added multiple code page support.
Added write funciton.
Changed stream read mode interface.
Dec 07,'2010 R0.02a Added some configuration options.
Fixed fails to open objects with DBCS character.

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for Petit FatFs (C)ChaN, 2009 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "diskio.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../DataflashManager.h"
#include "../../DiskHost.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Initialize Disk Drive */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void)
{
return RES_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read Partial Sector */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DRESULT disk_readp (
BYTE* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */
DWORD sector, /* Sector number (LBA) */
WORD sofs, /* Offset in the sector */
WORD count /* Byte count (bit15:destination) */
)
{
DRESULT ErrorCode = RES_OK;
uint8_t BlockTemp[512];
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
ErrorCode = RES_NOTRDY;
else if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, sector, 1, 512, BlockTemp))
ErrorCode = RES_ERROR;
#endif
}
else
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, 1, BlockTemp);
#endif
}
memcpy(dest, &BlockTemp[sofs], count);
return ErrorCode;
}

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/ PFF - Low level disk interface module include file (C)ChaN, 2010
/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _DISKIO
#include "integer.h"
/* Status of Disk Functions */
typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
/* Results of Disk Functions */
typedef enum {
RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Function succeeded */
RES_ERROR, /* 1: Disk error */
RES_NOTRDY, /* 2: Not ready */
RES_PARERR /* 3: Invalid parameter */
} DRESULT;
/*---------------------------------------*/
/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void);
DRESULT disk_readp (BYTE*, DWORD, WORD, WORD);
#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
#define _DISKIO
#endif

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*-------------------------------------------*/
/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
/*-------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _INTEGER
#define _INTEGER
#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */
#include <windows.h>
#include <tchar.h>
#else /* Embedded platform */
/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
typedef int INT;
typedef unsigned int UINT;
/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
typedef char CHAR;
typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
typedef unsigned char BYTE;
/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
typedef short SHORT;
typedef unsigned short USHORT;
typedef unsigned short WORD;
typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
typedef long LONG;
typedef unsigned long ULONG;
typedef unsigned long DWORD;
#endif
#endif

@ -1,1114 +0,0 @@
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module R0.02a (C)ChaN, 2010
/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
/
/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
/
/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
/
/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Jun 15,'09 R0.01a First release. (Branched from FatFs R0.07b.)
/
/ Dec 14,'09 R0.02 Added multiple code page support.
/ Added write funciton.
/ Changed stream read mode interface.
/ Dec 07,'10 R0.02a Added some configuration options.
/ Fixed fails to open objects with DBCS character.
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "pff.h" /* Petit FatFs configurations and declarations */
#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Module Private Definitions
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _FS_FAT32
#define LD_CLUST(dir) (((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI)<<16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO))
#else
#define LD_CLUST(dir) LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO)
#endif
/*--------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */
#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */
#define _DF1S 0x81
#define _DF1E 0xFE
#define _DS1S 0x40
#define _DS1E 0x7E
#define _DS2S 0x80
#define _DS2E 0xFE
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */
#define _DF1S 0x81
#define _DF1E 0xFE
#define _DS1S 0x41
#define _DS1E 0x5A
#define _DS2S 0x61
#define _DS2E 0x7A
#define _DS3S 0x81
#define _DS3E 0xFE
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
#define _DF1S 0x81
#define _DF1E 0xFE
#define _DS1S 0x40
#define _DS1E 0x7E
#define _DS2S 0xA1
#define _DS2E 0xFE
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
#define _DF1S 0
#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
#define _DF1S 0
#else
#error Unknown code page
#endif
/* Character code support macros */
#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
#if _DF1S /* DBCS configuration */
#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */
#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
#else /* One 1st byte area */
#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
#endif
#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */
#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */
#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
#endif
#else /* SBCS configuration */
#define IsDBCS1(c) 0
#define IsDBCS2(c) 0
#endif /* _DF1S */
/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead
/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option
/ between various compilers. */
#define BS_jmpBoot 0
#define BS_OEMName 3
#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11
#define BPB_SecPerClus 13
#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14
#define BPB_NumFATs 16
#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17
#define BPB_TotSec16 19
#define BPB_Media 21
#define BPB_FATSz16 22
#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24
#define BPB_NumHeads 26
#define BPB_HiddSec 28
#define BPB_TotSec32 32
#define BS_55AA 510
#define BS_DrvNum 36
#define BS_BootSig 38
#define BS_VolID 39
#define BS_VolLab 43
#define BS_FilSysType 54
#define BPB_FATSz32 36
#define BPB_ExtFlags 40
#define BPB_FSVer 42
#define BPB_RootClus 44
#define BPB_FSInfo 48
#define BPB_BkBootSec 50
#define BS_DrvNum32 64
#define BS_BootSig32 66
#define BS_VolID32 67
#define BS_VolLab32 71
#define BS_FilSysType32 82
#define MBR_Table 446
#define DIR_Name 0
#define DIR_Attr 11
#define DIR_NTres 12
#define DIR_CrtTime 14
#define DIR_CrtDate 16
#define DIR_FstClusHI 20
#define DIR_WrtTime 22
#define DIR_WrtDate 24
#define DIR_FstClusLO 26
#define DIR_FileSize 28
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private Functions
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
FATFS *FatFs; /* Pointer to the file system object (logical drive) */
/* Fill memory */
static
void mem_set (void* dst, int val, int cnt) {
char *d = (char*)dst;
while (cnt--) *d++ = (char)val;
}
/* Compare memory to memory */
static
int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {
const char *d = (const char *)dst, *s = (const char *)src;
int r = 0;
while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
return r;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
CLUST get_fat ( /* 1:IO error, Else:Cluster status */
CLUST clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */
)
{
WORD wc, bc, ofs;
BYTE buf[4];
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Range check */
return 1;
switch (fs->fs_type) {
#if _FS_FAT12
case FS_FAT12 :
bc = (WORD)clst; bc += bc / 2;
ofs = bc % 512; bc /= 512;
if (ofs != 511) {
if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, ofs, 2)) break;
} else {
if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, 511, 1)) break;
if (disk_readp(buf+1, fs->fatbase + bc + 1, 0, 1)) break;
}
wc = LD_WORD(buf);
return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
#endif
case FS_FAT16 :
if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 256, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 256) * 2), 2)) break;
return LD_WORD(buf);
#if _FS_FAT32
case FS_FAT32 :
if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 128, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 128) * 4), 4)) break;
return LD_DWORD(buf) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
#endif
}
return 1; /* An error occured at the disk I/O layer */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Get sector# from cluster# */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
CLUST clst /* Cluster# to be converted */
)
{
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
clst -= 2;
if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */
return (DWORD)clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Directory handling - Rewind directory index */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
FRESULT dir_rewind (
DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */
)
{
CLUST clst;
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
dj->index = 0;
clst = dj->sclust;
if (clst == 1 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */
return FR_DISK_ERR;
if (_FS_FAT32 && !clst && fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
clst = (CLUST)fs->dirbase;
dj->clust = clst; /* Current cluster */
dj->sect = clst ? clust2sect(clst) : fs->dirbase; /* Current sector */
return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Directory handling - Move directory index next */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table */
DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */
)
{
CLUST clst;
WORD i;
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
i = dj->index + 1;
if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
return FR_NO_FILE;
if (!(i % 16)) { /* Sector changed? */
dj->sect++; /* Next sector */
if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */
if (i >= fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */
return FR_NO_FILE;
}
else { /* Dynamic table */
if (((i / 16) & (fs->csize-1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
clst = get_fat(dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */
if (clst <= 1) return FR_DISK_ERR;
if (clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */
dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */
dj->sect = clust2sect(clst);
}
}
}
dj->index = i;
return FR_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
FRESULT dir_find (
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
BYTE *dir /* 32-byte working buffer */
)
{
FRESULT res;
BYTE c;
res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind directory object */
if (res != FR_OK) return res;
do {
res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */
? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
if (res != FR_OK) break;
c = dir[DIR_Name]; /* First character */
if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
break;
res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */
} while (res == FR_OK);
return res;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read an object from the directory */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_DIR
static
FRESULT dir_read (
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object to store read object name */
BYTE *dir /* 32-byte working buffer */
)
{
FRESULT res;
BYTE a, c;
res = FR_NO_FILE;
while (dj->sect) {
res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */
? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
if (res != FR_OK) break;
c = dir[DIR_Name];
if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
if (c != 0xE5 && c != '.' && !(a & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
break;
res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */
if (res != FR_OK) break;
}
if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
return res;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef _EXCVT
static const BYTE cvt[] = _EXCVT;
#endif
static
FRESULT create_name (
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
const char **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
)
{
BYTE c, d, ni, si, i, *sfn;
const char *p;
/* Create file name in directory form */
sfn = dj->fn;
mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
si = i = 0; ni = 8;
p = *path;
for (;;) {
c = p[si++];
if (c <= ' ' || c == '/') break; /* Break on end of segment */
if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
if (ni != 8 || c != '.') break;
i = 8; ni = 11;
continue;
}
#ifdef _EXCVT
if (c >= 0x80) /* To upper extended char (SBCS) */
c = cvt[c - 0x80];
#endif
if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < ni - 1) { /* DBC 1st byte? */
d = p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
sfn[i++] = c;
sfn[i++] = d;
} else { /* Single byte code */
if (IsLower(c)) c -= 0x20; /* toupper */
sfn[i++] = c;
}
}
*path = &p[si]; /* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */
sfn[11] = (c <= ' ') ? 1 : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
return FR_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Get file information from directory entry */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_DIR
static
void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
BYTE *dir, /* 32-byte working buffer */
FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to store the file information */
)
{
BYTE i, c;
char *p;
p = fno->fname;
if (dj->sect) {
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy file name body */
c = dir[i];
if (c == ' ') break;
if (c == 0x05) c = 0xE5;
*p++ = c;
}
if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy file name extension */
*p++ = '.';
for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
c = dir[i];
if (c == ' ') break;
*p++ = c;
}
}
fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */
fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */
fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */
fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */
}
*p = 0;
}
#endif /* _USE_DIR */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Follow a file path */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
BYTE *dir, /* 32-byte working buffer */
const char *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
)
{
FRESULT res;
while (*path == ' ') path++; /* Skip leading spaces */
if (*path == '/') path++; /* Strip heading separator */
dj->sclust = 0; /* Set start directory (always root dir) */
if ((BYTE)*path <= ' ') { /* Null path means the root directory */
res = dir_rewind(dj);
dir[0] = 0;
} else { /* Follow path */
for (;;) {
res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */
if (res != FR_OK) break;
res = dir_find(dj, dir); /* Find it */
if (res != FR_OK) { /* Could not find the object */
if (res == FR_NO_FILE && !*(dj->fn+11))
res = FR_NO_PATH;
break;
}
if (*(dj->fn+11)) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
}
dj->sclust = LD_CLUST(dir);
}
}
return res;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Check a sector if it is an FAT boot record */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static
BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:The FAT boot record, 1:Valid boot record but not an FAT, 2:Not a boot record, 3:Error */
BYTE *buf, /* Working buffer */
DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
)
{
if (disk_readp(buf, sect, 510, 2)) /* Read the boot sector */
return 3;
if (LD_WORD(buf) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature */
return 2;
if (!disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT12/16 */
return 0;
if (_FS_FAT32 && !disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType32, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT32 */
return 0;
return 1;
}
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public Functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Mount/Unmount a Locical Drive */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
FRESULT pf_mount (
FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL: Unmount) */
)
{
BYTE fmt, buf[36];
DWORD bsect, fsize, tsect, mclst;
FatFs = 0;
if (!fs) return FR_OK; /* Unregister fs object */
if (disk_initialize() & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the drive is ready or not */
return FR_NOT_READY;
/* Search FAT partition on the drive */
bsect = 0;
fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check sector 0 as an SFD format */
if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT boot record, it may be FDISK format */
/* Check a partition listed in top of the partition table */
if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, MBR_Table, 16)) { /* 1st partition entry */
fmt = 3;
} else {
if (buf[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */
bsect = LD_DWORD(&buf[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */
fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check the partition */
}
}
}
if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No valid FAT patition is found */
/* Initialize the file system object */
if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, 13, sizeof(buf))) return FR_DISK_ERR;
fsize = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_FATSz16-13); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
if (!fsize) fsize = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_FATSz32-13);
fsize *= buf[BPB_NumFATs-13]; /* Number of sectors in FAT area */
fs->fatbase = bsect + LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13); /* FAT start sector (lba) */
fs->csize = buf[BPB_SecPerClus-13]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RootEntCnt-13); /* Nmuber of root directory entries */
tsect = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_TotSec16-13); /* Number of sectors on the file system */
if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_TotSec32-13);
mclst = (tsect /* Last cluster# + 1 */
- LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13) - fsize - fs->n_rootdir / 16
) / fs->csize + 2;
fs->n_fatent = (CLUST)mclst;
fmt = FS_FAT16; /* Determine the FAT sub type */
if (mclst < 0xFF7) /* Number of clusters < 0xFF5 */
#if _FS_FAT12
fmt = FS_FAT12;
#else
return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
#endif
if (mclst >= 0xFFF7) /* Number of clusters >= 0xFFF5 */
#if _FS_FAT32
fmt = FS_FAT32;
#else
return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
#endif
fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */
if (_FS_FAT32 && fmt == FS_FAT32)
fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(buf+(BPB_RootClus-13)); /* Root directory start cluster */
else
fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fsize; /* Root directory start sector (lba) */
fs->database = fs->fatbase + fsize + fs->n_rootdir / 16; /* Data start sector (lba) */
fs->flag = 0;
FatFs = fs;
return FR_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Open or Create a File */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
FRESULT pf_open (
const char *path /* Pointer to the file name */
)
{
FRESULT res;
DIR dj;
BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
if (!fs) /* Check file system */
return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
fs->flag = 0;
dj.fn = sp;
res = follow_path(&dj, dir, path); /* Follow the file path */
if (res != FR_OK) return res; /* Follow failed */
if (!dir[0] || (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) /* It is a directory */
return FR_NO_FILE;
fs->org_clust = LD_CLUST(dir); /* File start cluster */
fs->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
fs->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */
fs->flag = FA_OPENED;
return FR_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read File */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_READ
FRESULT pf_read (
void* buff, /* Pointer to the read buffer (NULL:Forward data to the stream)*/
WORD btr, /* Number of bytes to read */
WORD* br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
)
{
DRESULT dr;
CLUST clst;
DWORD sect, remain;
WORD rcnt;
BYTE cs, *rbuff = buff;
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
*br = 0;
if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */
if (!(fs->flag & FA_OPENED)) /* Check if opened */
return FR_NOT_OPENED;
remain = fs->fsize - fs->fptr;
if (btr > remain) btr = (WORD)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
while (btr) { /* Repeat until all data transferred */
if ((fs->fptr % 512) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
cs = (BYTE)(fs->fptr / 512 & (fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
if (!cs) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
clst = (fs->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
fs->org_clust : get_fat(fs->curr_clust);
if (clst <= 1) goto fr_abort;
fs->curr_clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
}
sect = clust2sect(fs->curr_clust); /* Get current sector */
if (!sect) goto fr_abort;
fs->dsect = sect + cs;
}
rcnt = (WORD)(512 - (fs->fptr % 512)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
dr = disk_readp(!buff ? 0 : rbuff, fs->dsect, (WORD)(fs->fptr % 512), rcnt);
if (dr) goto fr_abort;
fs->fptr += rcnt; rbuff += rcnt; /* Update pointers and counters */
btr -= rcnt; *br += rcnt;
}
return FR_OK;
fr_abort:
fs->flag = 0;
return FR_DISK_ERR;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Write File */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_WRITE
FRESULT pf_write (
const void* buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */
WORD btw, /* Number of bytes to write (0:Finalize the current write operation) */
WORD* bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */
)
{
CLUST clst;
DWORD sect, remain;
const BYTE *p = buff;
BYTE cs;
WORD wcnt;
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
*bw = 0;
if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */
if (!(fs->flag & FA_OPENED)) /* Check if opened */
return FR_NOT_OPENED;
if (!btw) { /* Finalize request */
if ((fs->flag & FA__WIP) && disk_writep(0, 0)) goto fw_abort;
fs->flag &= ~FA__WIP;
return FR_OK;
} else { /* Write data request */
if (!(fs->flag & FA__WIP)) /* Round-down fptr to the sector boundary */
fs->fptr &= 0xFFFFFE00;
}
remain = fs->fsize - fs->fptr;
if (btw > remain) btw = (WORD)remain; /* Truncate btw by remaining bytes */
while (btw) { /* Repeat until all data transferred */
if (((WORD)fs->fptr % 512) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
cs = (BYTE)(fs->fptr / 512 & (fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
if (!cs) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
clst = (fs->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
fs->org_clust : get_fat(fs->curr_clust);
if (clst <= 1) goto fw_abort;
fs->curr_clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
}
sect = clust2sect(fs->curr_clust); /* Get current sector */
if (!sect) goto fw_abort;
fs->dsect = sect + cs;
if (disk_writep(0, fs->dsect)) goto fw_abort; /* Initiate a sector write operation */
fs->flag |= FA__WIP;
}
wcnt = 512 - ((WORD)fs->fptr % 512); /* Number of bytes to write to the sector */
if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
if (disk_writep(p, wcnt)) goto fw_abort; /* Send data to the sector */
fs->fptr += wcnt; p += wcnt; /* Update pointers and counters */
btw -= wcnt; *bw += wcnt;
if (((WORD)fs->fptr % 512) == 0) {
if (disk_writep(0, 0)) goto fw_abort; /* Finalize the currtent secter write operation */
fs->flag &= ~FA__WIP;
}
}
return FR_OK;
fw_abort:
fs->flag = 0;
return FR_DISK_ERR;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Seek File R/W Pointer */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_LSEEK
FRESULT pf_lseek (
DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */
)
{
CLUST clst;
DWORD bcs, sect, ifptr;
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */
if (!(fs->flag & FA_OPENED)) /* Check if opened */
return FR_NOT_OPENED;
if (ofs > fs->fsize) ofs = fs->fsize; /* Clip offset with the file size */
ifptr = fs->fptr;
fs->fptr = 0;
if (ofs > 0) {
bcs = (DWORD)fs->csize * 512; /* Cluster size (byte) */
if (ifptr > 0 &&
(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
fs->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */
ofs -= fs->fptr;
clst = fs->curr_clust;
} else { /* When seek to back cluster, */
clst = fs->org_clust; /* start from the first cluster */
fs->curr_clust = clst;
}
while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */
clst = get_fat(clst); /* Follow cluster chain */
if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) goto fe_abort;
fs->curr_clust = clst;
fs->fptr += bcs;
ofs -= bcs;
}
fs->fptr += ofs;
sect = clust2sect(clst); /* Current sector */
if (!sect) goto fe_abort;
fs->dsect = sect + (fs->fptr / 512 & (fs->csize - 1));
}
return FR_OK;
fe_abort:
fs->flag = 0;
return FR_DISK_ERR;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Create a Directroy Object */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _USE_DIR
FRESULT pf_opendir (
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */
const char *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
)
{
FRESULT res;
BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
if (!fs) { /* Check file system */
res = FR_NOT_ENABLED;
} else {
dj->fn = sp;
res = follow_path(dj, dir, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */
if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
if (dir[0]) { /* It is not the root dir */
if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* The object is a directory */
dj->sclust = LD_CLUST(dir);
else /* The object is not a directory */
res = FR_NO_PATH;
}
if (res == FR_OK)
res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind dir */
}
if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
}
return res;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read Directory Entry in Sequense */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
FRESULT pf_readdir (
DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */
FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
)
{
FRESULT res;
BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
FATFS *fs = FatFs;
if (!fs) { /* Check file system */
res = FR_NOT_ENABLED;
} else {
dj->fn = sp;
if (!fno) {
res = dir_rewind(dj);
} else {
res = dir_read(dj, dir);
if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
dj->sect = 0;
res = FR_OK;
}
if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */
get_fileinfo(dj, dir, fno); /* Get the object information */
res = dir_next(dj); /* Increment index for next */
if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
dj->sect = 0;
res = FR_OK;
}
}
}
}
return res;
}
#endif /* _USE_DIR */

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.02a (C)ChaN, 2010
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
/
/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
/
/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
/
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "integer.h"
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs Configuration Options
/
/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
/ the configuration options.
/
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _FATFS
#define _FATFS
#define _USE_READ 1 /* 1:Enable pf_read() */
#define _USE_DIR 0 /* 1:Enable pf_opendir() and pf_readdir() */
#define _USE_LSEEK 0 /* 1:Enable pf_lseek() */
#define _USE_WRITE 0 /* 1:Enable pf_write() */
#define _FS_FAT12 1 /* 1:Enable FAT12 support */
#define _FS_FAT32 0 /* 1:Enable FAT32 support */
#define _CODE_PAGE 1
/* Defines which code page is used for path name. Supported code pages are:
/ 932, 936, 949, 950, 437, 720, 737, 775, 850, 852, 855, 857, 858, 862, 866,
/ 874, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1257, 1258 and 1 (ASCII only).
/ SBCS code pages except for 1 requiers a case conversion table. This
/ might occupy 128 bytes on the RAM on some platforms, e.g. avr-gcc. */
#define _WORD_ACCESS 0
/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word
/ data in the FAT structure.
/
/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.
/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
/
/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned
/ word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
/ performance and code efficiency. */
/* End of configuration options. Do not change followings without care. */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _FS_FAT32
#define CLUST DWORD
#else
#define CLUST WORD
#endif
/* File system object structure */
typedef struct {
BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub type */
BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
BYTE csize; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
BYTE pad1;
WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */
CLUST n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */
DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
DWORD fptr; /* File R/W pointer */
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
CLUST org_clust; /* File start cluster */
CLUST curr_clust; /* File current cluster */
DWORD dsect; /* File current data sector */
} FATFS;
/* Directory object structure */
typedef struct {
WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
CLUST sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */
CLUST clust; /* Current cluster */
DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
} DIR;
/* File status structure */
typedef struct {
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
char fname[13]; /* File name */
} FILINFO;
/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
typedef enum {
FR_OK = 0, /* 0 */
FR_DISK_ERR, /* 1 */
FR_NOT_READY, /* 2 */
FR_NO_FILE, /* 3 */
FR_NO_PATH, /* 4 */
FR_NOT_OPENED, /* 5 */
FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* 6 */
FR_NO_FILESYSTEM /* 7 */
} FRESULT;
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Petit FatFs module application interface */
FRESULT pf_mount (FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
FRESULT pf_open (const char*); /* Open a file */
FRESULT pf_read (void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Read data from the open file */
FRESULT pf_write (const void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Write data to the open file */
FRESULT pf_lseek (DWORD); /* Move file pointer of the open file */
FRESULT pf_opendir (DIR*, const char*); /* Open a directory */
FRESULT pf_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item from the open directory */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Flags and offset address */
/* File status flag (FATFS.flag) */
#define FA_OPENED 0x01
#define FA_WPRT 0x02
#define FA__WIP 0x40
/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
#define FS_FAT12 1
#define FS_FAT16 2
#define FS_FAT32 3
/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
/*--------------------------------*/
/* Multi-byte word access macros */
#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
#endif
#endif /* _FATFS */

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "ProgrammerConfig.h"
struct
{
uint16_t SigBytes[4];
bool EnforceSigBytes;
uint32_t ProgrammingSpeed;
} ProgrammerConfig;
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void)
{
memset(&ProgrammerConfig, 0x00, sizeof(ProgrammerConfig));
if (!(pf_open("CONF.txt") == FR_OK))
{
puts(" >> ERROR: CONF.txt File Not Found.\r\n");
return false;
}
char LineBuff[100];
char* CurrentLine;
do
{
CurrentLine = fgets(LineBuff, sizeof(LineBuff), &DiskStream);
if (CurrentLine)
{
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SIGNATURE = %02x %02x %02x %02x", &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SPEED = %08lu", &ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
}
} while (CurrentLine);
printf(" >> *** Configuration: ***\r\n");
printf(" >> Device Signature: 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
printf(" >> Programming Speed: %lu Hz\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
return true;
}

@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess = false;
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
CommandSuccess = true;
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
/* Check if command was successfully processed */
if (CommandSuccess)
{
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return true;
}
return false;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
* the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
return true;
}
#endif

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); }MACROE
/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
const bool IsDataRead);
static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif
#endif
#endif

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="CCS, Inc."
INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"

@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Standalone Programmer project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/** Standard file stream for the currently open file on the disk. */
FILE DiskStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(NULL, Disk_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_READ);
/** Petite FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
FATFS DiskFATState;
/** Stream character fetching routine for the FAT driver so that characters from the currently open file can be
* read in sequence when applied to a stdio stream.
*/
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream)
{
char ReadByte;
WORD ByteWasRead;
if (pf_read(&ReadByte, 1, &ByteWasRead) != FR_OK)
return _FDEV_ERR;
return (ByteWasRead ? ReadByte : _FDEV_EOF);
}
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
/** Event to handle mode changes in the library, to clear the FAT library's drive state structure when transitioning
* between modes. This ensures that the library always works with current disk data.
*/
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
{
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
}
#endif
/** Task to determine if the user is wishes to start the programming sequence, and if so executes the
* required functions to program the attached target (if any) with the files loaded to the Dataflash.
*/
void Programmer_Task(void)
{
static bool HasAttempted = false;
if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
{
if (!(HasAttempted))
HasAttempted = true;
else
return;
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE STARTED ====\r\n");
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
printf("Using %s Drive...\r\n", (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host) ? "External" : "Internal");
#endif
puts("Reading Configuration File...\r\n");
if (!(ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration()))
goto EndOfProgCycle;
EndOfProgCycle:
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE FINISHED ====\r\n");
}
else
{
HasAttempted = false;
}
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Programmer_Task();
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
DiskHost_USBTask();
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
DiskDevice_USBTask();
#endif
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
#else
USB_Init();
#endif
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
Buttons_Init();
Serial_Init(9600, true);
/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
for(;;);
}
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
#endif
}

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for StandaloneProgrammer.c.
*/
#ifndef _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
#define _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#include "DiskHost.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h"
#include "Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* External Variables: */
extern FILE DiskStream;
extern FATFS DiskFATState;
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C)
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream);
#endif
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
void SetupHardware(void);
void Programmer_Task(void);
#endif

@ -1,738 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
ARCH = AVR8
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
#
# This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
# F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
# software delays.
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = StandaloneProgrammer
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
Descriptors.c \
DiskHost.c \
DiskDevice.c \
Lib/SCSI.c \
Lib/DataflashManager.c \
Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c \
Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c \
Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c \
$(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
$(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) \
$(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=c99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list end
clean_list :
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
@if ( ( cat Doxygen.conf ; echo "HTML_STYLESHEET=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css" ) | doxygen - 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
exit 1; \
fi;
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
checksource:
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
else \
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
fi; done
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
clean_list clean_doxygen program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \
debug gdb-config checksource

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -120,13 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES 3
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
@ -76,9 +76,6 @@
/** Lowest valid MIDI pitch index */
#define BASE_PITCH_INDEX 21
/** Maximum number of MIDI notes that can be played simultaneously */
#define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES 3
/** Number of samples in the virtual sample table (can be expanded to lower maximum frequency, but allow for
* more simultaneous notes due to the reduced amount of processing time needed when the samples are spaced out)
*/

@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES</td>
* <td>MIDIToneGenerator.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Sets the maximum number of MIDI notes that can be generated simultaneously. More notes require more processing time,
* and thus a value that is too high will cause audiable sound distortion due to insufficient CPU time.</td>
* </tr>

@ -120,13 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define MAG_T1_CLOCK (1 << 0)
#define MAG_T1_DATA (1 << 1)
#define MAG_T2_CLOCK (1 << 2)
#define MAG_T2_DATA (1 << 3)
#define MAG_T3_CLOCK (1 << 4)
#define MAG_T3_DATA (1 << 5)
#define MAG_CARDPRESENT (1 << 6)
#define MAG_PORT PORTC
#define MAG_PIN PINC
#define MAG_DDR DDRC
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -42,6 +42,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which

@ -65,6 +65,7 @@
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
/* Macros: */

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h"
#include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */

@ -110,52 +110,52 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>

@ -120,24 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T1_CLOCK="(1 << 0)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T1_DATA="(1 << 1)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T2_CLOCK="(1 << 2)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T2_DATA="(1 << 3)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T3_CLOCK="(1 << 4)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_T3_DATA="(1 << 5)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_CARDPRESENT="(1 << 6)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_PIN=PINB
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_DDR=DDRB
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAG_PORT=PORTB
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -183,7 +166,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>

@ -120,11 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>

@ -120,10 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_HOST_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -167,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -120,14 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -171,7 +164,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -28,18 +28,21 @@
this software.
*/
#ifndef _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
#define _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void);
#endif
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
// #define DUMMY_RTC
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This

@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "TempDataLogger.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */

@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
@ -111,6 +113,7 @@
} DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t;
/* Macros: */
/** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */
#define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0
/* Function Prototypes: */

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
#include "../TempDataLogger.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
#include "../TempDataLogger.h"
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This

@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
#include "Lib/DS1307.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>

@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo assume a 1/1/1 01:01:01 date/time
* stamp at all times, effectively transforming the project into a basic data logger with no specified sample times.</td>
* </tr>

@ -120,15 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D DUMMY_RTC
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -180,7 +172,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>

@ -120,14 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -172,7 +165,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
#define ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER
#define ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER
#define MAX_URI_LENGTH 50
#define DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 2}
#define DEVICE_NETMASK (uint8_t[]){255, 255, 255, 0}
#define DEVICE_GATEWAY (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 1}
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0}
#define UIP_CONF_UDP (defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER))
#define UIP_CONF_BROADCAST 1
#define UIP_CONF_TCP 1
#define UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS 1
#define UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS 3
#define UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS 5
#define UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE 1514
#define UIP_CONF_LL_802154 0
#define UIP_CONF_LL_80211 0
#define UIP_CONF_ROUTER 0
#define UIP_CONF_ICMP6 0
#define UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH 1
#define UIP_URGDATA 0
#define UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM 0
#define UIP_ARCH_ADD32 0
#define UIP_NEIGHBOR_CONF_ADDRTYPE 0
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)

@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
this software.
*/
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** \file
*
* DHCP Client Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will retrieve IP configuration settings from the
@ -39,6 +37,8 @@
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C
#include "DHCPClientApp.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Initialization function for the DHCP client. */
void DHCPClientApp_Init(void)
{

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
#include <uip.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include "../Webserver.h"
#include "DHCPCommon.h"

@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
this software.
*/
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** \file
*
* Common DHCP routines to manage DHCP packet data.
@ -37,6 +35,8 @@
#include "DHCPCommon.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sets the given DHCP option in the DHCP packet's option list. This automatically moves the
* end of options terminator past the new option in the options list.
*

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <uip.h>
/* Macros: */

@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
this software.
*/
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** \file
*
* DHCP Server Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will send IP configuration settings to a
@ -39,6 +37,8 @@
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C
#include "DHCPServerApp.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
struct uip_conn* BroadcastConnection;
uint8_t LeasedIPs[255 / 8];

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
#include <uip.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include "../Webserver.h"
#include "DHCPCommon.h"

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <uip.h>
#include <ff.h>

@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
this software.
*/
#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** \file
*
* TELNET Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack,
@ -39,6 +37,8 @@
#define INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C
#include "TELNETServerApp.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Welcome message to send to a TELNET client when a connection is first made. */
const char PROGMEM WelcomeHeader[] = "********************************************\r\n"
"* LUFA uIP Webserver (TELNET) *\r\n"

@ -43,6 +43,8 @@
#include <uip.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** TCP listen port for incoming TELNET traffic. */
#define TELNET_SERVER_PORT 23

@ -43,30 +43,14 @@
#include <uip_arp.h>
#include <uip-split.h>
#include <timer.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include "DHCPClientApp.h"
#include "DHCPServerApp.h"
#include "HTTPServerApp.h"
#include "TELNETServerApp.h"
/* Macros: */
/** IP address that the webserver should use once connected to a RNDIS device (when DHCP is disabled). */
#define DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Netmask that the webserver should once connected to a RNDIS device (when DHCP is disabled). */
#define DEVICE_NETMASK (uint8_t[]){255, 255, 255, 0}
/** IP address of the default gateway the webserver should use when routing outside the local subnet
* (when DHCP is disabled).
*/
#define DEVICE_GATEWAY (uint8_t[]){10, 0, 0, 1}
/** Ethernet MAC address of the virtual webserver. When in device RNDIS mode, the virtual webserver requires
* a unique MAC address that it can use when sending packets to the RNDIS adapter, which contains a seperate
* MAC address as set in the RNDIS class driver configuration structure.
*/
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0}
/* External Variables: */
extern struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress;

@ -62,6 +62,8 @@
#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__
#define __UIPOPT_H__
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#ifndef UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3412
#endif /* UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN */

@ -40,10 +40,11 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Webserver.h"
#include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* External Variables: */
extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device;

@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
#include "Webserver.h"
#include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* External Variables: */
extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host;

@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
@ -51,6 +50,7 @@
#include "USBDeviceMode.h"
#include "USBHostMode.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */

@ -81,41 +81,46 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this enables the TELNET server in addition to the HTTP webserver, which listens for incoming connections
* and processes user commands.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP client for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings from a DHCP server.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP server for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings to a DHCP client.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>Lib/uIPManagement.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>IP address that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DEVICE_NETMASK</td>
* <td>Lib/uIPManagement.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Netmask that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>DEVICE_GATEWAY</td>
* <td>Lib/uIPManagement.h</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Default routing gateway that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
* is not defined).</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAX_URI_LENGTH</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Maximum length of a URI for the Webserver. This is the maximum file path, including subdirectories and separators.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>MAC address of the server used when sending Ethernet packets onto the bus.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

@ -120,34 +120,7 @@ LUFA_PATH = ../..
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
LUFA_OPTS += -D ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
LUFA_OPTS += -D ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER
LUFA_OPTS += -D ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER
LUFA_OPTS += -D MAX_URI_LENGTH=50
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_UDP="defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_BROADCAST=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_TCP=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS=3
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS=5
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE=1514
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_LL_802154=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_LL_80211=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_ROUTER=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_ICMP6=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_URGDATA=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_ARCH_ADD32=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D UIP_NEIGHBOR_CONF_ADDRTYPE=0
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
@ -209,7 +182,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Lib/uip/ Lib/uip/conf/ Lib/FATFs/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ Config/ Lib/uip/ Lib/uip/conf/ Lib/FATFs/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief Application Configuration Header File
*
* This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
* the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
* specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
* makefile or build system.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the
* \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
*/
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
#define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB
#define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB
#define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB
#define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
// #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2
#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 3.3
#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 2
// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
// #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
// #define LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT
// #define RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT
// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.lufa-lib.org
*/
/*
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
*
* This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
* as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
* a makefile.
*
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
*/
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
#else
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
#endif
#endif

@ -44,7 +44,8 @@
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../XPLAINBridge.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
#define SRX PD0
#define SRXPIN PIND

@ -37,17 +37,6 @@
#include "USARTDescriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)

@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
#include "Lib/SoftUART.h"
#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making
* the code compatible with software such as avrdude (all platforms) that use the libUSB driver.
*
@ -99,8 +99,20 @@
* \note This option is incompatible with \c LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
* <td>RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile LUFA_OPTS</td>
* <td>Define to make the /RESET line of the AVR toggle between Jungo and libUSB driver compatibility modes. Each time the AVR is
* reset externally via the reset pin, the compatibility mode will be toggled. The compatibility mode is preserved between
* power cycles and is not toggled via other forms of reset such as Watchdog or Brown Out.
*
* When this option is enabled, all board LEDs will flash twice on startup for Jungo compatibility mode, and five times for
* libUSB compatibility mode.
*
* \note This option is incompatible with \c LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
* <td>AppConfig.h</td>
* <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
* with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
* </tr>

@ -124,25 +124,8 @@ AVRISP_PATH = ../AVRISP-MKII
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=16
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_PORT=PORTB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_PIN=PINB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_DDR=DDRB
LUFA_OPTS += -D AUX_LINE_MASK="(1 << 4)"
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL=2
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_REF_VOLTS=3.3
LUFA_OPTS += -D VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR=2
#LUFA_OPTS += -D RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT
#LUFA_OPTS += -D FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR=0x11
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
@ -196,7 +179,7 @@ DEBUG = dwarf-2
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ $(AVRISP_PATH)/
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ $(AVRISP_PATH)/ Config/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

Loading…
Cancel
Save